Searched +hist:5 +hist:b825c3a (Results 1 - 25 of 56) sorted by path

123

/linux-master/kernel/
H A Duid16.cdiff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license

Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.

By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.

Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.

This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.

How this work was done:

Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,

Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.

The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.

The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).

All documentation files were explicitly excluded.

The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.

- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.

For non */uapi/* files that summary was:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139

and resulted in the first patch in this series.

If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930

and resulted in the second patch in this series.

- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1

and that resulted in the third patch in this series.

- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).

- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.

- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).

- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.

In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.

Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.

In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.

Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct

This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.

These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.

Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license

Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.

By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.

Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.

This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.

How this work was done:

Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,

Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.

The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.

The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).

All documentation files were explicitly excluded.

The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.

- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.

For non */uapi/* files that summary was:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139

and resulted in the first patch in this series.

If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930

and resulted in the second patch in this series.

- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1

and that resulted in the third patch in this series.

- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).

- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.

- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).

- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.

In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.

Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.

In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.

Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct

This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.

These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.

Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license

Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.

By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.

Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.

This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.

How this work was done:

Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,

Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.

The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.

The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).

All documentation files were explicitly excluded.

The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.

- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.

For non */uapi/* files that summary was:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139

and resulted in the first patch in this series.

If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930

and resulted in the second patch in this series.

- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1

and that resulted in the third patch in this series.

- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).

- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.

- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).

- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.

In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.

Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.

In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.

Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct

This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.

These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.

Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5a7b46b3 Wed Apr 19 15:41:39 MDT 2006 OGAWA Hirofumi <hirofumi@mail.parknet.co.jp> [PATCH] Add more prevent_tail_call()

Those also break userland regs like following.

00000000 <sys_chown16>:
0: 0f b7 44 24 0c movzwl 0xc(%esp),%eax
5: 83 ca ff or $0xffffffff,%edx
8: 0f b7 4c 24 08 movzwl 0x8(%esp),%ecx
d: 66 83 f8 ff cmp $0xffffffff,%ax
11: 0f 44 c2 cmove %edx,%eax
14: 66 83 f9 ff cmp $0xffffffff,%cx
18: 0f 45 d1 cmovne %ecx,%edx
1b: 89 44 24 0c mov %eax,0xc(%esp)
1f: 89 54 24 08 mov %edx,0x8(%esp)
23: e9 fc ff ff ff jmp 24 <sys_chown16+0x24>

where the tailcall at the end overwrites the incoming stack-frame.

Signed-off-by: OGAWA Hirofumi <hirofumi@mail.parknet.co.jp>
[ I would _really_ like to have a way to tell gcc about calling
conventions. The "prevent_tail_call()" macro is pretty ugly ]
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
diff 5a7b46b3 Wed Apr 19 15:41:39 MDT 2006 OGAWA Hirofumi <hirofumi@mail.parknet.co.jp> [PATCH] Add more prevent_tail_call()

Those also break userland regs like following.

00000000 <sys_chown16>:
0: 0f b7 44 24 0c movzwl 0xc(%esp),%eax
5: 83 ca ff or $0xffffffff,%edx
8: 0f b7 4c 24 08 movzwl 0x8(%esp),%ecx
d: 66 83 f8 ff cmp $0xffffffff,%ax
11: 0f 44 c2 cmove %edx,%eax
14: 66 83 f9 ff cmp $0xffffffff,%cx
18: 0f 45 d1 cmovne %ecx,%edx
1b: 89 44 24 0c mov %eax,0xc(%esp)
1f: 89 54 24 08 mov %edx,0x8(%esp)
23: e9 fc ff ff ff jmp 24 <sys_chown16+0x24>

where the tailcall at the end overwrites the incoming stack-frame.

Signed-off-by: OGAWA Hirofumi <hirofumi@mail.parknet.co.jp>
[ I would _really_ like to have a way to tell gcc about calling
conventions. The "prevent_tail_call()" macro is pretty ugly ]
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
/linux-master/security/keys/
H A Dpersistent.cdiff 2e12256b Thu Jun 27 16:03:07 MDT 2019 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> keys: Replace uid/gid/perm permissions checking with an ACL

Replace the uid/gid/perm permissions checking on a key with an ACL to allow
the SETATTR and SEARCH permissions to be split. This will also allow a
greater range of subjects to represented.

============
WHY DO THIS?
============

The problem is that SETATTR and SEARCH cover a slew of actions, not all of
which should be grouped together.

For SETATTR, this includes actions that are about controlling access to a
key:

(1) Changing a key's ownership.

(2) Changing a key's security information.

(3) Setting a keyring's restriction.

And actions that are about managing a key's lifetime:

(4) Setting an expiry time.

(5) Revoking a key.

and (proposed) managing a key as part of a cache:

(6) Invalidating a key.

Managing a key's lifetime doesn't really have anything to do with
controlling access to that key.

Expiry time is awkward since it's more about the lifetime of the content
and so, in some ways goes better with WRITE permission. It can, however,
be set unconditionally by a process with an appropriate authorisation token
for instantiating a key, and can also be set by the key type driver when a
key is instantiated, so lumping it with the access-controlling actions is
probably okay.

As for SEARCH permission, that currently covers:

(1) Finding keys in a keyring tree during a search.

(2) Permitting keyrings to be joined.

(3) Invalidation.

But these don't really belong together either, since these actions really
need to be controlled separately.

Finally, there are number of special cases to do with granting the
administrator special rights to invalidate or clear keys that I would like
to handle with the ACL rather than key flags and special checks.


===============
WHAT IS CHANGED
===============

The SETATTR permission is split to create two new permissions:

(1) SET_SECURITY - which allows the key's owner, group and ACL to be
changed and a restriction to be placed on a keyring.

(2) REVOKE - which allows a key to be revoked.

The SEARCH permission is split to create:

(1) SEARCH - which allows a keyring to be search and a key to be found.

(2) JOIN - which allows a keyring to be joined as a session keyring.

(3) INVAL - which allows a key to be invalidated.

The WRITE permission is also split to create:

(1) WRITE - which allows a key's content to be altered and links to be
added, removed and replaced in a keyring.

(2) CLEAR - which allows a keyring to be cleared completely. This is
split out to make it possible to give just this to an administrator.

(3) REVOKE - see above.


Keys acquire ACLs which consist of a series of ACEs, and all that apply are
unioned together. An ACE specifies a subject, such as:

(*) Possessor - permitted to anyone who 'possesses' a key
(*) Owner - permitted to the key owner
(*) Group - permitted to the key group
(*) Everyone - permitted to everyone

Note that 'Other' has been replaced with 'Everyone' on the assumption that
you wouldn't grant a permit to 'Other' that you wouldn't also grant to
everyone else.

Further subjects may be made available by later patches.

The ACE also specifies a permissions mask. The set of permissions is now:

VIEW Can view the key metadata
READ Can read the key content
WRITE Can update/modify the key content
SEARCH Can find the key by searching/requesting
LINK Can make a link to the key
SET_SECURITY Can change owner, ACL, expiry
INVAL Can invalidate
REVOKE Can revoke
JOIN Can join this keyring
CLEAR Can clear this keyring


The KEYCTL_SETPERM function is then deprecated.

The KEYCTL_SET_TIMEOUT function then is permitted if SET_SECURITY is set,
or if the caller has a valid instantiation auth token.

The KEYCTL_INVALIDATE function then requires INVAL.

The KEYCTL_REVOKE function then requires REVOKE.

The KEYCTL_JOIN_SESSION_KEYRING function then requires JOIN to join an
existing keyring.

The JOIN permission is enabled by default for session keyrings and manually
created keyrings only.


======================
BACKWARD COMPATIBILITY
======================

To maintain backward compatibility, KEYCTL_SETPERM will translate the
permissions mask it is given into a new ACL for a key - unless
KEYCTL_SET_ACL has been called on that key, in which case an error will be
returned.

It will convert possessor, owner, group and other permissions into separate
ACEs, if each portion of the mask is non-zero.

SETATTR permission turns on all of INVAL, REVOKE and SET_SECURITY. WRITE
permission turns on WRITE, REVOKE and, if a keyring, CLEAR. JOIN is turned
on if a keyring is being altered.

The KEYCTL_DESCRIBE function translates the ACL back into a permissions
mask to return depending on possessor, owner, group and everyone ACEs.

It will make the following mappings:

(1) INVAL, JOIN -> SEARCH

(2) SET_SECURITY -> SETATTR

(3) REVOKE -> WRITE if SETATTR isn't already set

(4) CLEAR -> WRITE

Note that the value subsequently returned by KEYCTL_DESCRIBE may not match
the value set with KEYCTL_SETATTR.


=======
TESTING
=======

This passes the keyutils testsuite for all but a couple of tests:

(1) tests/keyctl/dh_compute/badargs: The first wrong-key-type test now
returns EOPNOTSUPP rather than ENOKEY as READ permission isn't removed
if the type doesn't have ->read(). You still can't actually read the
key.

(2) tests/keyctl/permitting/valid: The view-other-permissions test doesn't
work as Other has been replaced with Everyone in the ACL.

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5ac7eace Wed Apr 06 09:14:24 MDT 2016 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> KEYS: Add a facility to restrict new links into a keyring

Add a facility whereby proposed new links to be added to a keyring can be
vetted, permitting them to be rejected if necessary. This can be used to
block public keys from which the signature cannot be verified or for which
the signature verification fails. It could also be used to provide
blacklisting.

This affects operations like add_key(), KEYCTL_LINK and KEYCTL_INSTANTIATE.

To this end:

(1) A function pointer is added to the key struct that, if set, points to
the vetting function. This is called as:

int (*restrict_link)(struct key *keyring,
const struct key_type *key_type,
unsigned long key_flags,
const union key_payload *key_payload),

where 'keyring' will be the keyring being added to, key_type and
key_payload will describe the key being added and key_flags[*] can be
AND'ed with KEY_FLAG_TRUSTED.

[*] This parameter will be removed in a later patch when
KEY_FLAG_TRUSTED is removed.

The function should return 0 to allow the link to take place or an
error (typically -ENOKEY, -ENOPKG or -EKEYREJECTED) to reject the
link.

The pointer should not be set directly, but rather should be set
through keyring_alloc().

Note that if called during add_key(), preparse is called before this
method, but a key isn't actually allocated until after this function
is called.

(2) KEY_ALLOC_BYPASS_RESTRICTION is added. This can be passed to
key_create_or_update() or key_instantiate_and_link() to bypass the
restriction check.

(3) KEY_FLAG_TRUSTED_ONLY is removed. The entire contents of a keyring
with this restriction emplaced can be considered 'trustworthy' by
virtue of being in the keyring when that keyring is consulted.

(4) key_alloc() and keyring_alloc() take an extra argument that will be
used to set restrict_link in the new key. This ensures that the
pointer is set before the key is published, thus preventing a window
of unrestrictedness. Normally this argument will be NULL.

(5) As a temporary affair, keyring_restrict_trusted_only() is added. It
should be passed to keyring_alloc() as the extra argument instead of
setting KEY_FLAG_TRUSTED_ONLY on a keyring. This will be replaced in
a later patch with functions that look in the appropriate places for
authoritative keys.

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Mimi Zohar <zohar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
diff 5ac7eace Wed Apr 06 09:14:24 MDT 2016 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> KEYS: Add a facility to restrict new links into a keyring

Add a facility whereby proposed new links to be added to a keyring can be
vetted, permitting them to be rejected if necessary. This can be used to
block public keys from which the signature cannot be verified or for which
the signature verification fails. It could also be used to provide
blacklisting.

This affects operations like add_key(), KEYCTL_LINK and KEYCTL_INSTANTIATE.

To this end:

(1) A function pointer is added to the key struct that, if set, points to
the vetting function. This is called as:

int (*restrict_link)(struct key *keyring,
const struct key_type *key_type,
unsigned long key_flags,
const union key_payload *key_payload),

where 'keyring' will be the keyring being added to, key_type and
key_payload will describe the key being added and key_flags[*] can be
AND'ed with KEY_FLAG_TRUSTED.

[*] This parameter will be removed in a later patch when
KEY_FLAG_TRUSTED is removed.

The function should return 0 to allow the link to take place or an
error (typically -ENOKEY, -ENOPKG or -EKEYREJECTED) to reject the
link.

The pointer should not be set directly, but rather should be set
through keyring_alloc().

Note that if called during add_key(), preparse is called before this
method, but a key isn't actually allocated until after this function
is called.

(2) KEY_ALLOC_BYPASS_RESTRICTION is added. This can be passed to
key_create_or_update() or key_instantiate_and_link() to bypass the
restriction check.

(3) KEY_FLAG_TRUSTED_ONLY is removed. The entire contents of a keyring
with this restriction emplaced can be considered 'trustworthy' by
virtue of being in the keyring when that keyring is consulted.

(4) key_alloc() and keyring_alloc() take an extra argument that will be
used to set restrict_link in the new key. This ensures that the
pointer is set before the key is published, thus preventing a window
of unrestrictedness. Normally this argument will be NULL.

(5) As a temporary affair, keyring_restrict_trusted_only() is added. It
should be passed to keyring_alloc() as the extra argument instead of
setting KEY_FLAG_TRUSTED_ONLY on a keyring. This will be replaced in
a later patch with functions that look in the appropriate places for
authoritative keys.

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Mimi Zohar <zohar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
/linux-master/arch/arm/kernel/
H A Dsys_oabi-compat.cdiff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5d50ffd7 Sun Feb 02 22:13:10 MST 2014 Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> locks: add new fcntl cmd values for handling file private locks

Due to some unfortunate history, POSIX locks have very strange and
unhelpful semantics. The thing that usually catches people by surprise
is that they are dropped whenever the process closes any file descriptor
associated with the inode.

This is extremely problematic for people developing file servers that
need to implement byte-range locks. Developers often need a "lock
management" facility to ensure that file descriptors are not closed
until all of the locks associated with the inode are finished.

Additionally, "classic" POSIX locks are owned by the process. Locks
taken between threads within the same process won't conflict with one
another, which renders them useless for synchronization between threads.

This patchset adds a new type of lock that attempts to address these
issues. These locks conflict with classic POSIX read/write locks, but
have semantics that are more like BSD locks with respect to inheritance
and behavior on close.

This is implemented primarily by changing how fl_owner field is set for
these locks. Instead of having them owned by the files_struct of the
process, they are instead owned by the filp on which they were acquired.
Thus, they are inherited across fork() and are only released when the
last reference to a filp is put.

These new semantics prevent them from being merged with classic POSIX
locks, even if they are acquired by the same process. These locks will
also conflict with classic POSIX locks even if they are acquired by
the same process or on the same file descriptor.

The new locks are managed using a new set of cmd values to the fcntl()
syscall. The initial implementation of this converts these values to
"classic" cmd values at a fairly high level, and the details are not
exposed to the underlying filesystem. We may eventually want to push
this handing out to the lower filesystem code but for now I don't
see any need for it.

Also, note that with this implementation the new cmd values are only
available via fcntl64() on 32-bit arches. There's little need to
add support for legacy apps on a new interface like this.

Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com>
/linux-master/arch/mips/kernel/
H A Dmips-mt-fpaff.cdiff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license

Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.

By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.

Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.

This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.

How this work was done:

Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,

Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.

The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.

The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).

All documentation files were explicitly excluded.

The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.

- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.

For non */uapi/* files that summary was:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139

and resulted in the first patch in this series.

If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930

and resulted in the second patch in this series.

- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1

and that resulted in the third patch in this series.

- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).

- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.

- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).

- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.

In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.

Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.

In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.

Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct

This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.

These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.

Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license

Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.

By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.

Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.

This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.

How this work was done:

Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,

Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.

The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.

The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).

All documentation files were explicitly excluded.

The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.

- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.

For non */uapi/* files that summary was:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139

and resulted in the first patch in this series.

If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930

and resulted in the second patch in this series.

- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1

and that resulted in the third patch in this series.

- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).

- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.

- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).

- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.

In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.

Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.

In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.

Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct

This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.

These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.

Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license

Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.

By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.

Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.

This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.

How this work was done:

Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,

Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.

The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.

The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).

All documentation files were explicitly excluded.

The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.

- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.

For non */uapi/* files that summary was:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139

and resulted in the first patch in this series.

If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930

and resulted in the second patch in this series.

- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1

and that resulted in the third patch in this series.

- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).

- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.

- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).

- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.

In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.

Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.

In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.

Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct

This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.

These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.

Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
/linux-master/block/
H A Dioprio.cdiff 4b838d9e Thu Jun 23 01:48:30 MDT 2022 Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> block: Fix handling of tasks without ioprio in ioprio_get(2)

ioprio_get(2) can be asked to return the best IO priority from several
tasks (IOPRIO_WHO_PGRP, IOPRIO_WHO_USER). Currently the call treats
tasks without set IO priority as having priority
IOPRIO_CLASS_BE/IOPRIO_BE_NORM however this does not really reflect the
IO priority the task will get (which depends on task's nice value).

Fix the code to use the real IO priority task's IO will use. We have to
modify code for ioprio_get(IOPRIO_WHO_PROCESS) to keep returning
IOPRIO_CLASS_NONE priority for tasks without set IO priority as a
special case to maintain userspace visible API.

Reviewed-by: Damien Le Moal <damien.lemoal@opensource.wdc.com>
Tested-by: Damien Le Moal <damien.lemoal@opensource.wdc.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220623074840.5960-5-jack@suse.cz
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
diff e589f464 Thu Jun 23 01:48:26 MDT 2022 Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> block: fix default IO priority handling again

Commit e70344c05995 ("block: fix default IO priority handling")
introduced an inconsistency in get_current_ioprio() that tasks without
IO context return IOPRIO_DEFAULT priority while tasks with freshly
allocated IO context will return 0 (IOPRIO_CLASS_NONE/0) IO priority.
Tasks without IO context used to be rare before 5a9d041ba2f6 ("block:
move io_context creation into where it's needed") but after this commit
they became common because now only BFQ IO scheduler setups task's IO
context. Similar inconsistency is there for get_task_ioprio() so this
inconsistency is now exposed to userspace and userspace will see
different IO priority for tasks operating on devices with BFQ compared
to devices without BFQ. Furthemore the changes done by commit
e70344c05995 change the behavior when no IO priority is set for BFQ IO
scheduler which is also documented in ioprio_set(2) manpage:

"If no I/O scheduler has been set for a thread, then by default the I/O
priority will follow the CPU nice value (setpriority(2)). In Linux
kernels before version 2.6.24, once an I/O priority had been set using
ioprio_set(), there was no way to reset the I/O scheduling behavior to
the default. Since Linux 2.6.24, specifying ioprio as 0 can be used to
reset to the default I/O scheduling behavior."

So make sure we default to IOPRIO_CLASS_NONE as used to be the case
before commit e70344c05995. Also cleanup alloc_io_context() to
explicitely set this IO priority for the allocated IO context to avoid
future surprises. Note that we tweak ioprio_best() to maintain
ioprio_get(2) behavior and make this commit easily backportable.

CC: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: e70344c05995 ("block: fix default IO priority handling")
Reviewed-by: Damien Le Moal <damien.lemoal@opensource.wdc.com>
Tested-by: Damien Le Moal <damien.lemoal@opensource.wdc.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220623074840.5960-1-jack@suse.cz
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
/linux-master/drivers/misc/vmw_vmci/
H A Dvmci_context.cdiff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5b5e0928 Mon Feb 27 15:30:02 MST 2017 Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com> lib/vsprintf.c: remove %Z support

Now that %z is standartised in C99 there is no reason to support %Z.
Unlike %L it doesn't even make format strings smaller.

Use BUILD_BUG_ON in a couple ATM drivers.

In case anyone didn't notice lib/vsprintf.o is about half of SLUB which
is in my opinion is quite an achievement. Hopefully this patch inspires
someone else to trim vsprintf.c more.

Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20170103230126.GA30170@avx2
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Cc: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Cc: Rasmus Villemoes <linux@rasmusvillemoes.dk>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
H A Dvmci_host.cdiff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
/linux-master/drivers/xen/
H A Dballoon.cdiff b6117199 Thu Oct 15 21:08:44 MDT 2020 David Hildenbrand <david@redhat.com> mm/memory_hotplug: prepare passing flags to add_memory() and friends

We soon want to pass flags, e.g., to mark added System RAM resources.
mergeable. Prepare for that.

This patch is based on a similar patch by Oscar Salvador:

https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190625075227.15193-3-osalvador@suse.de

Signed-off-by: David Hildenbrand <david@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com> # Xen related part
Reviewed-by: Pankaj Gupta <pankaj.gupta.linux@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu@kernel.org>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com>
Cc: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Cc: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@ziepe.ca>
Cc: Baoquan He <bhe@redhat.com>
Cc: Michael Ellerman <mpe@ellerman.id.au>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Cc: "Rafael J. Wysocki" <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
Cc: Len Brown <lenb@kernel.org>
Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Cc: Vishal Verma <vishal.l.verma@intel.com>
Cc: Dave Jiang <dave.jiang@intel.com>
Cc: "K. Y. Srinivasan" <kys@microsoft.com>
Cc: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Cc: Wei Liu <wei.liu@kernel.org>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <hca@linux.ibm.com>
Cc: Vasily Gorbik <gor@linux.ibm.com>
Cc: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Cc: David Hildenbrand <david@redhat.com>
Cc: "Michael S. Tsirkin" <mst@redhat.com>
Cc: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Cc: Boris Ostrovsky <boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com>
Cc: Stefano Stabellini <sstabellini@kernel.org>
Cc: "Oliver O'Halloran" <oohall@gmail.com>
Cc: Pingfan Liu <kernelfans@gmail.com>
Cc: Nathan Lynch <nathanl@linux.ibm.com>
Cc: Libor Pechacek <lpechacek@suse.cz>
Cc: Anton Blanchard <anton@ozlabs.org>
Cc: Leonardo Bras <leobras.c@gmail.com>
Cc: Ard Biesheuvel <ardb@kernel.org>
Cc: Eric Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Julien Grall <julien@xen.org>
Cc: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Cc: Roger Pau Monné <roger.pau@citrix.com>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Wei Yang <richardw.yang@linux.intel.com>
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20200911103459.10306-5-david@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
diff 77c4adf6 Tue Mar 05 16:42:32 MST 2019 David Hildenbrand <david@redhat.com> xen/balloon: mark inflated pages PG_offline

Mark inflated and never onlined pages PG_offline, to tell the world that
the content is stale and should not be dumped.

Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20181119101616.8901-5-david@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: David Hildenbrand <david@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Juergen Gross <jgross@suse.com>
Cc: Boris Ostrovsky <boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com>
Cc: Stefano Stabellini <sstabellini@kernel.org>
Cc: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com>
Cc: "Michael S. Tsirkin" <mst@redhat.com>
Cc: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Baoquan He <bhe@redhat.com>
Cc: Borislav Petkov <bp@alien8.de>
Cc: Christian Hansen <chansen3@cisco.com>
Cc: Dave Young <dyoung@redhat.com>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Cc: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Cc: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net>
Cc: Julien Freche <jfreche@vmware.com>
Cc: Kairui Song <kasong@redhat.com>
Cc: Kazuhito Hagio <k-hagio@ab.jp.nec.com>
Cc: "Kirill A. Shutemov" <kirill.shutemov@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Konstantin Khlebnikov <koct9i@gmail.com>
Cc: "K. Y. Srinivasan" <kys@microsoft.com>
Cc: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Cc: Lianbo Jiang <lijiang@redhat.com>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@kernel.org>
Cc: Mike Rapoport <rppt@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Miles Chen <miles.chen@mediatek.com>
Cc: Nadav Amit <namit@vmware.com>
Cc: Naoya Horiguchi <n-horiguchi@ah.jp.nec.com>
Cc: Omar Sandoval <osandov@fb.com>
Cc: Pankaj gupta <pagupta@redhat.com>
Cc: Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz>
Cc: Pavel Tatashin <pasha.tatashin@oracle.com>
Cc: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
Cc: "Rafael J. Wysocki" <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
Cc: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Cc: Vitaly Kuznetsov <vkuznets@redhat.com>
Cc: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.cz>
Cc: Xavier Deguillard <xdeguillard@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5a0e3ad6 Wed Mar 24 02:04:11 MDT 2010 Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h

percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being
included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which
in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files
universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies.

percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for
this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those
headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion
needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is
used as the basis of conversion.

http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py

The script does the followings.

* Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that
only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used,
gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h.

* When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include
blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms
to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains
core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered -
alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there
doesn't seem to be any matching order.

* If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly
because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out
an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the
file.

The conversion was done in the following steps.

1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly
over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h
and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400
files.

2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion,
some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or
embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added
inclusions to around 150 files.

3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits
from #2 to make sure no file was left behind.

4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed.
e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab
APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually.

5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically
editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h
files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h
inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually
wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each
slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as
necessary.

6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h.

7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures
were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my
distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few
more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things
build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq).

* x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config.
* powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig
* sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig
* ia64 SMP allmodconfig
* s390 SMP allmodconfig
* alpha SMP allmodconfig
* um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig

8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as
a separate patch and serve as bisection point.

Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step
6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch.
If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch
headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of
the specific arch.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
diff 5a0e3ad6 Wed Mar 24 02:04:11 MDT 2010 Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h

percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being
included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which
in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files
universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies.

percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for
this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those
headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion
needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is
used as the basis of conversion.

http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py

The script does the followings.

* Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that
only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used,
gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h.

* When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include
blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms
to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains
core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered -
alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there
doesn't seem to be any matching order.

* If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly
because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out
an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the
file.

The conversion was done in the following steps.

1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly
over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h
and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400
files.

2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion,
some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or
embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added
inclusions to around 150 files.

3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits
from #2 to make sure no file was left behind.

4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed.
e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab
APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually.

5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically
editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h
files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h
inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually
wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each
slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as
necessary.

6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h.

7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures
were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my
distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few
more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things
build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq).

* x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config.
* powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig
* sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig
* ia64 SMP allmodconfig
* s390 SMP allmodconfig
* alpha SMP allmodconfig
* um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig

8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as
a separate patch and serve as bisection point.

Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step
6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch.
If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch
headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of
the specific arch.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
/linux-master/fs/9p/
H A Dv9fs.cdiff f88c3fb8 Tue Mar 12 21:32:19 MDT 2024 Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> mm, slab: remove last vestiges of SLAB_MEM_SPREAD

Yes, yes, I know the slab people were planning on going slow and letting
every subsystem fight this thing on their own. But let's just rip off
the band-aid and get it over and done with. I don't want to see a
number of unnecessary pull requests just to get rid of a flag that no
longer has any meaning.

This was mainly done with a couple of 'sed' scripts and then some manual
cleanup of the end result.

Link: https://lore.kernel.org/all/CAHk-=wji0u+OOtmAOD-5JV3SXcRJF___k_+8XNKmak0yd5vW1Q@mail.gmail.com/
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
diff 24e42e32 Wed Nov 18 02:06:42 MST 2020 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> 9p: Use fscache indexing rewrite and reenable caching

Change the 9p filesystem to take account of the changes to fscache's
indexing rewrite and reenable caching in 9p.

The following changes have been made:

(1) The fscache_netfs struct is no more, and there's no need to register
the filesystem as a whole.

(2) The session cookie is now an fscache_volume cookie, allocated with
fscache_acquire_volume(). That takes three parameters: a string
representing the "volume" in the index, a string naming the cache to
use (or NULL) and a u64 that conveys coherency metadata for the
volume.

For 9p, I've made it render the volume name string as:

"9p,<devname>,<cachetag>"

where the cachetag is replaced by the aname if it wasn't supplied.

This probably needs rethinking a bit as the aname can have slashes in
it. It might be better to hash the cachetag and use the hash or I
could substitute commas for the slashes or something.

(3) The fscache_cookie_def is no more and needed information is passed
directly to fscache_acquire_cookie(). The cache no longer calls back
into the filesystem, but rather metadata changes are indicated at
other times.

fscache_acquire_cookie() is passed the same keying and coherency
information as before.

(4) The functions to set/reset/flush cookies are removed and
fscache_use_cookie() and fscache_unuse_cookie() are used instead.

fscache_use_cookie() is passed a flag to indicate if the cookie is
opened for writing. fscache_unuse_cookie() is passed updates for the
metadata if we changed it (ie. if the file was opened for writing).

These are called when the file is opened or closed.

(5) wait_on_page_bit[_killable]() is replaced with the specific wait
functions for the bits waited upon.

(6) I've got rid of some of the 9p-specific cache helper functions and
called things like fscache_relinquish_cookie() directly as they'll
optimise away if v9fs_inode_cookie() returns an unconditional NULL
(which will be the case if CONFIG_9P_FSCACHE=n).

(7) v9fs_vfs_setattr() is made to call fscache_resize() to change the size
of the cache object.

Notes:

(A) We should call fscache_invalidate() if we detect that the server's
copy of a file got changed by a third party, but I don't know where to
do that. We don't need to do that when allocating the cookie as we
get a check-and-invalidate when we initially bind to the cache object.

(B) The copy-to-cache-on-writeback side of things will be handled in
separate patch.

Changes
=======
ver #3:
- Canonicalise the cookie key and coherency data to make them
endianness-independent.

ver #2:
- Use gfpflags_allow_blocking() rather than using flag directly.
- fscache_acquire_volume() now returns errors.

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Dominique Martinet <asmadeus@codewreck.org>
cc: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
cc: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>
cc: v9fs-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
cc: linux-cachefs@redhat.com
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/163819664645.215744.1555314582005286846.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v1
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/163906975017.143852.3459573173204394039.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v2
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/163967178512.1823006.17377493641569138183.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v3
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/164021573143.640689.3977487095697717967.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v4
diff 5e172f75 Wed Sep 05 01:44:12 MDT 2018 Dinu-Razvan Chis-Serban <justcsdr@gmail.com> 9p locks: add mount option for lock retry interval

The default P9_LOCK_TIMEOUT can be too long for some users exporting
a local file system to a guest VM (30s), make this configurable at
mount time.

Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1536295827-3181-1-git-send-email-asmadeus@codewreck.org
Bugzilla: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=195727
Signed-off-by: Dinu-Razvan Chis-Serban <justcsdr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dominique Martinet <dominique.martinet@cea.fr>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5d097056 Thu Jan 14 16:18:21 MST 2016 Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov.dev@gmail.com> kmemcg: account certain kmem allocations to memcg

Mark those kmem allocations that are known to be easily triggered from
userspace as __GFP_ACCOUNT/SLAB_ACCOUNT, which makes them accounted to
memcg. For the list, see below:

- threadinfo
- task_struct
- task_delay_info
- pid
- cred
- mm_struct
- vm_area_struct and vm_region (nommu)
- anon_vma and anon_vma_chain
- signal_struct
- sighand_struct
- fs_struct
- files_struct
- fdtable and fdtable->full_fds_bits
- dentry and external_name
- inode for all filesystems. This is the most tedious part, because
most filesystems overwrite the alloc_inode method.

The list is far from complete, so feel free to add more objects.
Nevertheless, it should be close to "account everything" approach and
keep most workloads within bounds. Malevolent users will be able to
breach the limit, but this was possible even with the former "account
everything" approach (simply because it did not account everything in
fact).

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes]
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@virtuozzo.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Acked-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Greg Thelen <gthelen@google.com>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Cc: Pekka Enberg <penberg@kernel.org>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Joonsoo Kim <iamjoonsoo.kim@lge.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
diff 5d385153 Mon Nov 28 11:40:46 MST 2011 Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> 9p: Reduce object size with CONFIG_NET_9P_DEBUG

Reduce object size by deduplicating formats.

Use vsprintf extension %pV.
Rename P9_DPRINTK uses to p9_debug, align arguments.
Add function for _p9_debug and macro to add __func__.
Add missing "\n"s to p9_debug uses.
Remove embedded function names as p9_debug adds it.
Remove P9_EPRINTK macro and convert use to pr_<level>.
Add and use pr_fmt and pr_<level>.

$ size fs/9p/built-in.o*
text data bss dec hex filename
62133 984 16000 79117 1350d fs/9p/built-in.o.new
67342 984 16928 85254 14d06 fs/9p/built-in.o.old
$ size net/9p/built-in.o*
text data bss dec hex filename
88792 4148 22024 114964 1c114 net/9p/built-in.o.new
94072 4148 23232 121452 1da6c net/9p/built-in.o.old

Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
diff 5a0e3ad6 Wed Mar 24 02:04:11 MDT 2010 Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h

percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being
included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which
in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files
universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies.

percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for
this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those
headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion
needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is
used as the basis of conversion.

http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py

The script does the followings.

* Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that
only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used,
gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h.

* When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include
blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms
to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains
core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered -
alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there
doesn't seem to be any matching order.

* If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly
because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out
an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the
file.

The conversion was done in the following steps.

1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly
over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h
and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400
files.

2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion,
some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or
embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added
inclusions to around 150 files.

3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits
from #2 to make sure no file was left behind.

4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed.
e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab
APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually.

5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically
editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h
files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h
inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually
wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each
slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as
necessary.

6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h.

7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures
were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my
distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few
more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things
build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq).

* x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config.
* powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig
* sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig
* ia64 SMP allmodconfig
* s390 SMP allmodconfig
* alpha SMP allmodconfig
* um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig

8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as
a separate patch and serve as bisection point.

Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step
6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch.
If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch
headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of
the specific arch.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
diff 5a0e3ad6 Wed Mar 24 02:04:11 MDT 2010 Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h

percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being
included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which
in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files
universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies.

percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for
this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those
headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion
needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is
used as the basis of conversion.

http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py

The script does the followings.

* Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that
only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used,
gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h.

* When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include
blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms
to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains
core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered -
alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there
doesn't seem to be any matching order.

* If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly
because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out
an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the
file.

The conversion was done in the following steps.

1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly
over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h
and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400
files.

2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion,
some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or
embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added
inclusions to around 150 files.

3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits
from #2 to make sure no file was left behind.

4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed.
e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab
APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually.

5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically
editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h
files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h
inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually
wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each
slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as
necessary.

6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h.

7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures
were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my
distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few
more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things
build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq).

* x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config.
* powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig
* sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig
* ia64 SMP allmodconfig
* s390 SMP allmodconfig
* alpha SMP allmodconfig
* um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig

8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as
a separate patch and serve as bisection point.

Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step
6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch.
If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch
headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of
the specific arch.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
/linux-master/fs/affs/
H A Dinode.cdiff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license

Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.

By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.

Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.

This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.

How this work was done:

Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,

Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.

The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.

The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).

All documentation files were explicitly excluded.

The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.

- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.

For non */uapi/* files that summary was:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139

and resulted in the first patch in this series.

If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930

and resulted in the second patch in this series.

- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1

and that resulted in the third patch in this series.

- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).

- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.

- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).

- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.

In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.

Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.

In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.

Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct

This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.

These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.

Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license

Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.

By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.

Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.

This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.

How this work was done:

Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,

Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.

The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.

The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).

All documentation files were explicitly excluded.

The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.

- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.

For non */uapi/* files that summary was:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139

and resulted in the first patch in this series.

If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930

and resulted in the second patch in this series.

- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1

and that resulted in the third patch in this series.

- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).

- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.

- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).

- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.

In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.

Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.

In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.

Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct

This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.

These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.

Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license

Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.

By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.

Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.

This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.

How this work was done:

Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,

Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.

The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.

The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).

All documentation files were explicitly excluded.

The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.

- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.

For non */uapi/* files that summary was:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139

and resulted in the first patch in this series.

If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930

and resulted in the second patch in this series.

- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1

and that resulted in the third patch in this series.

- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).

- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.

- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).

- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.

In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.

Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.

In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.

Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct

This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.

These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.

Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5a0e3ad6 Wed Mar 24 02:04:11 MDT 2010 Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h

percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being
included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which
in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files
universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies.

percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for
this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those
headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion
needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is
used as the basis of conversion.

http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py

The script does the followings.

* Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that
only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used,
gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h.

* When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include
blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms
to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains
core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered -
alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there
doesn't seem to be any matching order.

* If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly
because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out
an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the
file.

The conversion was done in the following steps.

1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly
over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h
and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400
files.

2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion,
some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or
embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added
inclusions to around 150 files.

3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits
from #2 to make sure no file was left behind.

4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed.
e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab
APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually.

5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically
editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h
files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h
inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually
wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each
slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as
necessary.

6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h.

7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures
were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my
distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few
more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things
build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq).

* x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config.
* powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig
* sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig
* ia64 SMP allmodconfig
* s390 SMP allmodconfig
* alpha SMP allmodconfig
* um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig

8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as
a separate patch and serve as bisection point.

Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step
6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch.
If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch
headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of
the specific arch.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
diff 5a0e3ad6 Wed Mar 24 02:04:11 MDT 2010 Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h

percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being
included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which
in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files
universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies.

percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for
this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those
headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion
needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is
used as the basis of conversion.

http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py

The script does the followings.

* Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that
only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used,
gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h.

* When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include
blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms
to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains
core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered -
alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there
doesn't seem to be any matching order.

* If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly
because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out
an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the
file.

The conversion was done in the following steps.

1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly
over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h
and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400
files.

2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion,
some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or
embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added
inclusions to around 150 files.

3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits
from #2 to make sure no file was left behind.

4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed.
e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab
APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually.

5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically
editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h
files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h
inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually
wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each
slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as
necessary.

6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h.

7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures
were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my
distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few
more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things
build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq).

* x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config.
* powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig
* sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig
* ia64 SMP allmodconfig
* s390 SMP allmodconfig
* alpha SMP allmodconfig
* um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig

8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as
a separate patch and serve as bisection point.

Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step
6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch.
If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch
headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of
the specific arch.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
H A Dsuper.cdiff fd60b288 Tue Mar 22 15:41:03 MDT 2022 Muchun Song <songmuchun@bytedance.com> fs: allocate inode by using alloc_inode_sb()

The inode allocation is supposed to use alloc_inode_sb(), so convert
kmem_cache_alloc() of all filesystems to alloc_inode_sb().

Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20220228122126.37293-5-songmuchun@bytedance.com
Signed-off-by: Muchun Song <songmuchun@bytedance.com>
Acked-by: Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu> [ext4]
Acked-by: Roman Gushchin <roman.gushchin@linux.dev>
Cc: Alex Shi <alexs@kernel.org>
Cc: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Cc: Chao Yu <chao@kernel.org>
Cc: Dave Chinner <david@fromorbit.com>
Cc: Fam Zheng <fam.zheng@bytedance.com>
Cc: Jaegeuk Kim <jaegeuk@kernel.org>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Kari Argillander <kari.argillander@gmail.com>
Cc: Matthew Wilcox (Oracle) <willy@infradead.org>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@kernel.org>
Cc: Qi Zheng <zhengqi.arch@bytedance.com>
Cc: Shakeel Butt <shakeelb@google.com>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@hammerspace.com>
Cc: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov.dev@gmail.com>
Cc: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.cz>
Cc: Wei Yang <richard.weiyang@gmail.com>
Cc: Xiongchun Duan <duanxiongchun@bytedance.com>
Cc: Yang Shi <shy828301@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5d097056 Thu Jan 14 16:18:21 MST 2016 Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov.dev@gmail.com> kmemcg: account certain kmem allocations to memcg

Mark those kmem allocations that are known to be easily triggered from
userspace as __GFP_ACCOUNT/SLAB_ACCOUNT, which makes them accounted to
memcg. For the list, see below:

- threadinfo
- task_struct
- task_delay_info
- pid
- cred
- mm_struct
- vm_area_struct and vm_region (nommu)
- anon_vma and anon_vma_chain
- signal_struct
- sighand_struct
- fs_struct
- files_struct
- fdtable and fdtable->full_fds_bits
- dentry and external_name
- inode for all filesystems. This is the most tedious part, because
most filesystems overwrite the alloc_inode method.

The list is far from complete, so feel free to add more objects.
Nevertheless, it should be close to "account everything" approach and
keep most workloads within bounds. Malevolent users will be able to
breach the limit, but this was possible even with the former "account
everything" approach (simply because it did not account everything in
fact).

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes]
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@virtuozzo.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Acked-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Greg Thelen <gthelen@google.com>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Cc: Pekka Enberg <penberg@kernel.org>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Joonsoo Kim <iamjoonsoo.kim@lge.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
diff 3dd84782 Wed Jun 06 09:56:57 MDT 2012 Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com> affs: get rid of affs_sync_super

This patch makes affs stop using the VFS '->write_super()' method along with
the 's_dirt' superblock flag, because they are on their way out.

The whole "superblock write-out" VFS infrastructure is served by the
'sync_supers()' kernel thread, which wakes up every 5 (by default) seconds and
writes out all dirty superblocks using the '->write_super()' call-back. But the
problem with this thread is that it wastes power by waking up the system every
5 seconds, even if there are no diry superblocks, or there are no client
file-systems which would need this (e.g., btrfs does not use
'->write_super()'). So we want to kill it completely and thus, we need to make
file-systems to stop using the '->write_super()' VFS service, and then remove
it together with the kernel thread.

Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
diff 3dd84782 Wed Jun 06 09:56:57 MDT 2012 Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com> affs: get rid of affs_sync_super

This patch makes affs stop using the VFS '->write_super()' method along with
the 's_dirt' superblock flag, because they are on their way out.

The whole "superblock write-out" VFS infrastructure is served by the
'sync_supers()' kernel thread, which wakes up every 5 (by default) seconds and
writes out all dirty superblocks using the '->write_super()' call-back. But the
problem with this thread is that it wastes power by waking up the system every
5 seconds, even if there are no diry superblocks, or there are no client
file-systems which would need this (e.g., btrfs does not use
'->write_super()'). So we want to kill it completely and thus, we need to make
file-systems to stop using the '->write_super()' VFS service, and then remove
it together with the kernel thread.

Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
diff 5a0e3ad6 Wed Mar 24 02:04:11 MDT 2010 Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h

percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being
included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which
in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files
universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies.

percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for
this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those
headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion
needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is
used as the basis of conversion.

http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py

The script does the followings.

* Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that
only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used,
gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h.

* When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include
blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms
to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains
core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered -
alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there
doesn't seem to be any matching order.

* If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly
because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out
an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the
file.

The conversion was done in the following steps.

1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly
over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h
and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400
files.

2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion,
some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or
embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added
inclusions to around 150 files.

3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits
from #2 to make sure no file was left behind.

4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed.
e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab
APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually.

5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically
editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h
files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h
inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually
wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each
slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as
necessary.

6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h.

7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures
were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my
distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few
more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things
build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq).

* x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config.
* powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig
* sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig
* ia64 SMP allmodconfig
* s390 SMP allmodconfig
* alpha SMP allmodconfig
* um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig

8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as
a separate patch and serve as bisection point.

Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step
6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch.
If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch
headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of
the specific arch.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
diff 5a0e3ad6 Wed Mar 24 02:04:11 MDT 2010 Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h

percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being
included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which
in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files
universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies.

percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for
this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those
headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion
needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is
used as the basis of conversion.

http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py

The script does the followings.

* Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that
only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used,
gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h.

* When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include
blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms
to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains
core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered -
alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there
doesn't seem to be any matching order.

* If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly
because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out
an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the
file.

The conversion was done in the following steps.

1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly
over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h
and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400
files.

2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion,
some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or
embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added
inclusions to around 150 files.

3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits
from #2 to make sure no file was left behind.

4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed.
e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab
APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually.

5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically
editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h
files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h
inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually
wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each
slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as
necessary.

6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h.

7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures
were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my
distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few
more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things
build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq).

* x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config.
* powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig
* sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig
* ia64 SMP allmodconfig
* s390 SMP allmodconfig
* alpha SMP allmodconfig
* um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig

8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as
a separate patch and serve as bisection point.

Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step
6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch.
If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch
headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of
the specific arch.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
/linux-master/fs/befs/
H A Dlinuxvfs.cdiff f88c3fb8 Tue Mar 12 21:32:19 MDT 2024 Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> mm, slab: remove last vestiges of SLAB_MEM_SPREAD

Yes, yes, I know the slab people were planning on going slow and letting
every subsystem fight this thing on their own. But let's just rip off
the band-aid and get it over and done with. I don't want to see a
number of unnecessary pull requests just to get rid of a flag that no
longer has any meaning.

This was mainly done with a couple of 'sed' scripts and then some manual
cleanup of the end result.

Link: https://lore.kernel.org/all/CAHk-=wji0u+OOtmAOD-5JV3SXcRJF___k_+8XNKmak0yd5vW1Q@mail.gmail.com/
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
diff fd60b288 Tue Mar 22 15:41:03 MDT 2022 Muchun Song <songmuchun@bytedance.com> fs: allocate inode by using alloc_inode_sb()

The inode allocation is supposed to use alloc_inode_sb(), so convert
kmem_cache_alloc() of all filesystems to alloc_inode_sb().

Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20220228122126.37293-5-songmuchun@bytedance.com
Signed-off-by: Muchun Song <songmuchun@bytedance.com>
Acked-by: Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu> [ext4]
Acked-by: Roman Gushchin <roman.gushchin@linux.dev>
Cc: Alex Shi <alexs@kernel.org>
Cc: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Cc: Chao Yu <chao@kernel.org>
Cc: Dave Chinner <david@fromorbit.com>
Cc: Fam Zheng <fam.zheng@bytedance.com>
Cc: Jaegeuk Kim <jaegeuk@kernel.org>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Kari Argillander <kari.argillander@gmail.com>
Cc: Matthew Wilcox (Oracle) <willy@infradead.org>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@kernel.org>
Cc: Qi Zheng <zhengqi.arch@bytedance.com>
Cc: Shakeel Butt <shakeelb@google.com>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@hammerspace.com>
Cc: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov.dev@gmail.com>
Cc: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.cz>
Cc: Wei Yang <richard.weiyang@gmail.com>
Cc: Xiongchun Duan <duanxiongchun@bytedance.com>
Cc: Yang Shi <shy828301@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5d097056 Thu Jan 14 16:18:21 MST 2016 Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov.dev@gmail.com> kmemcg: account certain kmem allocations to memcg

Mark those kmem allocations that are known to be easily triggered from
userspace as __GFP_ACCOUNT/SLAB_ACCOUNT, which makes them accounted to
memcg. For the list, see below:

- threadinfo
- task_struct
- task_delay_info
- pid
- cred
- mm_struct
- vm_area_struct and vm_region (nommu)
- anon_vma and anon_vma_chain
- signal_struct
- sighand_struct
- fs_struct
- files_struct
- fdtable and fdtable->full_fds_bits
- dentry and external_name
- inode for all filesystems. This is the most tedious part, because
most filesystems overwrite the alloc_inode method.

The list is far from complete, so feel free to add more objects.
Nevertheless, it should be close to "account everything" approach and
keep most workloads within bounds. Malevolent users will be able to
breach the limit, but this was possible even with the former "account
everything" approach (simply because it did not account everything in
fact).

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes]
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@virtuozzo.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Acked-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Greg Thelen <gthelen@google.com>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Cc: Pekka Enberg <penberg@kernel.org>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Joonsoo Kim <iamjoonsoo.kim@lge.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
diff 8e19189e Fri Aug 08 15:20:31 MDT 2014 Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be> fs/befs/linuxvfs.c: check superblock before dump operation

befs_dump_super_block was called between befs_load_sb and befs_check_sb.
It has been reported to crash (5/900) with null block testing.

This patch loads, checks and only dump superblock if it's a valid one
then brelse bh.

(befs_dump_super_block uses disk_sb (bh->b_data) so it seems we need to
call it before brelse(bh) but I don't know why befs_check_sb was called
after brelse. Another thing I don't understand is why this problem
appears now).

Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
/linux-master/fs/
H A Dbinfmt_elf.cdiff f9c0a39d Thu Sep 28 21:24:33 MDT 2023 Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> binfmt_elf: Only report padzero() errors when PROT_WRITE

Errors with padzero() should be caught unless we're expecting a
pathological (non-writable) segment. Report -EFAULT only when PROT_WRITE
is present.

Additionally add some more documentation to padzero(), elf_map(), and
elf_load().

Cc: Eric Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-mm@kvack.org
Suggested-by: Eric Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Tested-by: Pedro Falcato <pedro.falcato@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Ott <sebott@redhat.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230929032435.2391507-5-keescook@chromium.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
diff 585a0186 Thu Sep 28 21:24:29 MDT 2023 Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> binfmt_elf: Support segments with 0 filesz and misaligned starts

Implement a helper elf_load() that wraps elf_map() and performs all
of the necessary work to ensure that when "memsz > filesz" the bytes
described by "memsz > filesz" are zeroed.

An outstanding issue is if the first segment has filesz 0, and has a
randomized location. But that is the same as today.

In this change I replaced an open coded padzero() that did not clear
all of the way to the end of the page, with padzero() that does.

I also stopped checking the return of padzero() as there is at least
one known case where testing for failure is the wrong thing to do.
It looks like binfmt_elf_fdpic may have the proper set of tests
for when error handling can be safely completed.

I found a couple of commits in the old history
https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tglx/history.git,
that look very interesting in understanding this code.

commit 39b56d902bf3 ("[PATCH] binfmt_elf: clearing bss may fail")
commit c6e2227e4a3e ("[SPARC64]: Missing user access return value checks in fs/binfmt_elf.c and fs/compat.c")
commit 5bf3be033f50 ("v2.4.10.1 -> v2.4.10.2")

Looking at commit 39b56d902bf3 ("[PATCH] binfmt_elf: clearing bss may fail"):
> commit 39b56d902bf35241e7cba6cc30b828ed937175ad
> Author: Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz>
> Date: Wed Feb 9 22:40:30 2005 -0800
>
> [PATCH] binfmt_elf: clearing bss may fail
>
> So we discover that Borland's Kylix application builder emits weird elf
> files which describe a non-writeable bss segment.
>
> So remove the clear_user() check at the place where we zero out the bss. I
> don't _think_ there are any security implications here (plus we've never
> checked that clear_user() return value, so whoops if it is a problem).
>
> Signed-off-by: Pavel Machek <pavel@suse.cz>
> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>

It seems pretty clear that binfmt_elf_fdpic with skipping clear_user() for
non-writable segments and otherwise calling clear_user(), aka padzero(),
and checking it's return code is the right thing to do.

I just skipped the error checking as that avoids breaking things.

And notably, it looks like Borland's Kylix died in 2005 so it might be
safe to just consider read-only segments with memsz > filesz an error.

Reported-by: Sebastian Ott <sebott@redhat.com>
Reported-by: Thomas Weißschuh <linux@weissschuh.net>
Closes: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20230914-bss-alloc-v1-1-78de67d2c6dd@weissschuh.net
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/87sf71f123.fsf@email.froward.int.ebiederm.org
Tested-by: Pedro Falcato <pedro.falcato@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Ott <sebott@redhat.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230929032435.2391507-1-keescook@chromium.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
diff 594d2a14 Mon Oct 24 09:44:21 MDT 2022 Li Zetao <lizetao1@huawei.com> fs/binfmt_elf: Fix memory leak in load_elf_binary()

There is a memory leak reported by kmemleak:

unreferenced object 0xffff88817104ef80 (size 224):
comm "xfs_admin", pid 47165, jiffies 4298708825 (age 1333.476s)
hex dump (first 32 bytes):
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ................
60 a8 b3 00 81 88 ff ff a8 10 5a 00 81 88 ff ff `.........Z.....
backtrace:
[<ffffffff819171e1>] __alloc_file+0x21/0x250
[<ffffffff81918061>] alloc_empty_file+0x41/0xf0
[<ffffffff81948cda>] path_openat+0xea/0x3d30
[<ffffffff8194ec89>] do_filp_open+0x1b9/0x290
[<ffffffff8192660e>] do_open_execat+0xce/0x5b0
[<ffffffff81926b17>] open_exec+0x27/0x50
[<ffffffff81a69250>] load_elf_binary+0x510/0x3ed0
[<ffffffff81927759>] bprm_execve+0x599/0x1240
[<ffffffff8192a997>] do_execveat_common.isra.0+0x4c7/0x680
[<ffffffff8192b078>] __x64_sys_execve+0x88/0xb0
[<ffffffff83bbf0a5>] do_syscall_64+0x35/0x80

If "interp_elf_ex" fails to allocate memory in load_elf_binary(),
the program will take the "out_free_ph" error handing path,
resulting in "interpreter" file resource is not released.

Fix it by adding an error handing path "out_free_file", which will
release the file resource when "interp_elf_ex" failed to allocate
memory.

Fixes: 0693ffebcfe5 ("fs/binfmt_elf.c: allocate less for static executable")
Signed-off-by: Li Zetao <lizetao1@huawei.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221024154421.982230-1-lizetao1@huawei.com
diff 439a8468 Mon Feb 28 11:59:12 MST 2022 Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> binfmt_elf: Avoid total_mapping_size for ET_EXEC

Partially revert commit 5f501d555653 ("binfmt_elf: reintroduce using
MAP_FIXED_NOREPLACE"), which applied the ET_DYN "total_mapping_size"
logic also to ET_EXEC.

At least ia64 has ET_EXEC PT_LOAD segments that are not virtual-address
contiguous (but _are_ file-offset contiguous). This would result in a
giant mapping attempting to cover the entire span, including the virtual
address range hole, and well beyond the size of the ELF file itself,
causing the kernel to refuse to load it. For example:

$ readelf -lW /usr/bin/gcc
...
Program Headers:
Type Offset VirtAddr PhysAddr FileSiz MemSiz ...
...
LOAD 0x000000 0x4000000000000000 0x4000000000000000 0x00b5a0 0x00b5a0 ...
LOAD 0x00b5a0 0x600000000000b5a0 0x600000000000b5a0 0x0005ac 0x000710 ...
...
^^^^^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^^^^^^^ ^^^^^^^^

File offset range : 0x000000-0x00bb4c
0x00bb4c bytes

Virtual address range : 0x4000000000000000-0x600000000000bcb0
0x200000000000bcb0 bytes

Remove the total_mapping_size logic for ET_EXEC, which reduces the
ET_EXEC MAP_FIXED_NOREPLACE coverage to only the first PT_LOAD (better
than nothing), and retains it for ET_DYN.

Ironically, this is the reverse of the problem that originally caused
problems with MAP_FIXED_NOREPLACE: overlapping PT_LOAD segments. Future
work could restore full coverage if load_elf_binary() were to perform
mappings in a separate phase from the loading (where it could resolve
both overlaps and holes).

Cc: Eric Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-mm@kvack.org
Reported-by: matoro <matoro_bugzilla_kernel@matoro.tk>
Fixes: 5f501d555653 ("binfmt_elf: reintroduce using MAP_FIXED_NOREPLACE")
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/a3edd529-c42d-3b09-135c-7e98a15b150f@leemhuis.info
Tested-by: matoro <matoro_mailinglist_kernel@matoro.tk>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/ce8af9c13bcea9230c7689f3c1e0e2cd@matoro.tk
Tested-By: John Paul Adrian Glaubitz <glaubitz@physik.fu-berlin.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/49182d0d-708b-4029-da5f-bc18603440a6@physik.fu-berlin.de
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
diff 439a8468 Mon Feb 28 11:59:12 MST 2022 Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> binfmt_elf: Avoid total_mapping_size for ET_EXEC

Partially revert commit 5f501d555653 ("binfmt_elf: reintroduce using
MAP_FIXED_NOREPLACE"), which applied the ET_DYN "total_mapping_size"
logic also to ET_EXEC.

At least ia64 has ET_EXEC PT_LOAD segments that are not virtual-address
contiguous (but _are_ file-offset contiguous). This would result in a
giant mapping attempting to cover the entire span, including the virtual
address range hole, and well beyond the size of the ELF file itself,
causing the kernel to refuse to load it. For example:

$ readelf -lW /usr/bin/gcc
...
Program Headers:
Type Offset VirtAddr PhysAddr FileSiz MemSiz ...
...
LOAD 0x000000 0x4000000000000000 0x4000000000000000 0x00b5a0 0x00b5a0 ...
LOAD 0x00b5a0 0x600000000000b5a0 0x600000000000b5a0 0x0005ac 0x000710 ...
...
^^^^^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^^^^^^^ ^^^^^^^^

File offset range : 0x000000-0x00bb4c
0x00bb4c bytes

Virtual address range : 0x4000000000000000-0x600000000000bcb0
0x200000000000bcb0 bytes

Remove the total_mapping_size logic for ET_EXEC, which reduces the
ET_EXEC MAP_FIXED_NOREPLACE coverage to only the first PT_LOAD (better
than nothing), and retains it for ET_DYN.

Ironically, this is the reverse of the problem that originally caused
problems with MAP_FIXED_NOREPLACE: overlapping PT_LOAD segments. Future
work could restore full coverage if load_elf_binary() were to perform
mappings in a separate phase from the loading (where it could resolve
both overlaps and holes).

Cc: Eric Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-mm@kvack.org
Reported-by: matoro <matoro_bugzilla_kernel@matoro.tk>
Fixes: 5f501d555653 ("binfmt_elf: reintroduce using MAP_FIXED_NOREPLACE")
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/a3edd529-c42d-3b09-135c-7e98a15b150f@leemhuis.info
Tested-by: matoro <matoro_mailinglist_kernel@matoro.tk>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/ce8af9c13bcea9230c7689f3c1e0e2cd@matoro.tk
Tested-By: John Paul Adrian Glaubitz <glaubitz@physik.fu-berlin.de>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/49182d0d-708b-4029-da5f-bc18603440a6@physik.fu-berlin.de
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
diff 95af469c Wed Jan 19 19:08:29 MST 2022 Yafang Shao <laoar.shao@gmail.com> fs/binfmt_elf: replace open-coded string copy with get_task_comm

It is better to use get_task_comm() instead of the open coded string
copy as we do in other places.

struct elf_prpsinfo is used to dump the task information in userspace
coredump or kernel vmcore. Below is the verification of vmcore,

crash> ps
PID PPID CPU TASK ST %MEM VSZ RSS COMM
0 0 0 ffffffff9d21a940 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/0]
> 0 0 1 ffffa09e40f85e80 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/1]
> 0 0 2 ffffa09e40f81f80 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/2]
> 0 0 3 ffffa09e40f83f00 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/3]
> 0 0 4 ffffa09e40f80000 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/4]
> 0 0 5 ffffa09e40f89f80 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/5]
0 0 6 ffffa09e40f8bf00 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/6]
> 0 0 7 ffffa09e40f88000 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/7]
> 0 0 8 ffffa09e40f8de80 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/8]
> 0 0 9 ffffa09e40f95e80 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/9]
> 0 0 10 ffffa09e40f91f80 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/10]
> 0 0 11 ffffa09e40f93f00 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/11]
> 0 0 12 ffffa09e40f90000 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/12]
> 0 0 13 ffffa09e40f9bf00 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/13]
> 0 0 14 ffffa09e40f98000 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/14]
> 0 0 15 ffffa09e40f9de80 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/15]

It works well as expected.

Some comments are added to explain why we use the hard-coded 16.

Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20211120112738.45980-5-laoar.shao@gmail.com
Suggested-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Yafang Shao <laoar.shao@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: David Hildenbrand <david@redhat.com>
Cc: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com>
Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <arnaldo.melo@gmail.com>
Cc: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii.nakryiko@gmail.com>
Cc: Michal Miroslaw <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Cc: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org>
Cc: David Hildenbrand <david@redhat.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Cc: Petr Mladek <pmladek@suse.com>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <alexei.starovoitov@gmail.com>
Cc: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org>
Cc: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@cornelisnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
diff 95af469c Wed Jan 19 19:08:29 MST 2022 Yafang Shao <laoar.shao@gmail.com> fs/binfmt_elf: replace open-coded string copy with get_task_comm

It is better to use get_task_comm() instead of the open coded string
copy as we do in other places.

struct elf_prpsinfo is used to dump the task information in userspace
coredump or kernel vmcore. Below is the verification of vmcore,

crash> ps
PID PPID CPU TASK ST %MEM VSZ RSS COMM
0 0 0 ffffffff9d21a940 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/0]
> 0 0 1 ffffa09e40f85e80 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/1]
> 0 0 2 ffffa09e40f81f80 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/2]
> 0 0 3 ffffa09e40f83f00 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/3]
> 0 0 4 ffffa09e40f80000 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/4]
> 0 0 5 ffffa09e40f89f80 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/5]
0 0 6 ffffa09e40f8bf00 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/6]
> 0 0 7 ffffa09e40f88000 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/7]
> 0 0 8 ffffa09e40f8de80 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/8]
> 0 0 9 ffffa09e40f95e80 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/9]
> 0 0 10 ffffa09e40f91f80 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/10]
> 0 0 11 ffffa09e40f93f00 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/11]
> 0 0 12 ffffa09e40f90000 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/12]
> 0 0 13 ffffa09e40f9bf00 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/13]
> 0 0 14 ffffa09e40f98000 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/14]
> 0 0 15 ffffa09e40f9de80 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/15]

It works well as expected.

Some comments are added to explain why we use the hard-coded 16.

Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20211120112738.45980-5-laoar.shao@gmail.com
Suggested-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Yafang Shao <laoar.shao@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: David Hildenbrand <david@redhat.com>
Cc: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com>
Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <arnaldo.melo@gmail.com>
Cc: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii.nakryiko@gmail.com>
Cc: Michal Miroslaw <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Cc: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org>
Cc: David Hildenbrand <david@redhat.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Cc: Petr Mladek <pmladek@suse.com>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <alexei.starovoitov@gmail.com>
Cc: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org>
Cc: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@cornelisnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
diff 95af469c Wed Jan 19 19:08:29 MST 2022 Yafang Shao <laoar.shao@gmail.com> fs/binfmt_elf: replace open-coded string copy with get_task_comm

It is better to use get_task_comm() instead of the open coded string
copy as we do in other places.

struct elf_prpsinfo is used to dump the task information in userspace
coredump or kernel vmcore. Below is the verification of vmcore,

crash> ps
PID PPID CPU TASK ST %MEM VSZ RSS COMM
0 0 0 ffffffff9d21a940 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/0]
> 0 0 1 ffffa09e40f85e80 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/1]
> 0 0 2 ffffa09e40f81f80 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/2]
> 0 0 3 ffffa09e40f83f00 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/3]
> 0 0 4 ffffa09e40f80000 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/4]
> 0 0 5 ffffa09e40f89f80 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/5]
0 0 6 ffffa09e40f8bf00 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/6]
> 0 0 7 ffffa09e40f88000 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/7]
> 0 0 8 ffffa09e40f8de80 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/8]
> 0 0 9 ffffa09e40f95e80 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/9]
> 0 0 10 ffffa09e40f91f80 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/10]
> 0 0 11 ffffa09e40f93f00 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/11]
> 0 0 12 ffffa09e40f90000 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/12]
> 0 0 13 ffffa09e40f9bf00 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/13]
> 0 0 14 ffffa09e40f98000 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/14]
> 0 0 15 ffffa09e40f9de80 RU 0.0 0 0 [swapper/15]

It works well as expected.

Some comments are added to explain why we use the hard-coded 16.

Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20211120112738.45980-5-laoar.shao@gmail.com
Suggested-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Yafang Shao <laoar.shao@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: David Hildenbrand <david@redhat.com>
Cc: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com>
Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <arnaldo.melo@gmail.com>
Cc: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii.nakryiko@gmail.com>
Cc: Michal Miroslaw <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Cc: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org>
Cc: David Hildenbrand <david@redhat.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Cc: Petr Mladek <pmladek@suse.com>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <alexei.starovoitov@gmail.com>
Cc: Andrii Nakryiko <andrii@kernel.org>
Cc: Dennis Dalessandro <dennis.dalessandro@cornelisnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
diff 5f501d55 Mon Nov 08 19:33:37 MST 2021 Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> binfmt_elf: reintroduce using MAP_FIXED_NOREPLACE

Commit b212921b13bd ("elf: don't use MAP_FIXED_NOREPLACE for elf
executable mappings") reverted back to using MAP_FIXED to map ELF LOAD
segments because it was found that the segments in some binaries overlap
and can cause MAP_FIXED_NOREPLACE to fail.

The original intent of MAP_FIXED_NOREPLACE in the ELF loader was to
prevent the silent clobbering of an existing mapping (e.g. stack) by
the ELF image, which could lead to exploitable conditions. Quoting
commit 4ed28639519c ("fs, elf: drop MAP_FIXED usage from elf_map"),
which originally introduced the use of MAP_FIXED_NOREPLACE in the
loader:

Both load_elf_interp and load_elf_binary rely on elf_map to map
segments [to a specific] address and they use MAP_FIXED to enforce
that. This is however [a] dangerous thing prone to silent data
corruption which can be even exploitable.
...
Let's take CVE-2017-1000253 as an example ... we could end up mapping
[the executable] over the existing stack ... The [stack layout] issue
has been fixed since then ... So we should be safe and any [similar]
attack should be impractical. On the other hand this is just too
subtle [an] assumption ... it can break quite easily and [be] hard to
spot.
...
Address this [weakness] by changing MAP_FIXED to the newly added
MAP_FIXED_NOREPLACE. This will mean that mmap will fail if there is
an existing mapping clashing with the requested one [instead of
silently] clobbering it.

Then processing ET_DYN binaries the loader already calculates a total
size for the image when the first segment is mapped, maps the entire
image, and then unmaps the remainder before the remaining segments are
then individually mapped.

To avoid the earlier problems (legitimate overlapping LOAD segments
specified in the ELF), apply the same logic to ET_EXEC binaries as well.

For both ET_EXEC and ET_DYN+INTERP use MAP_FIXED_NOREPLACE for the
initial total size mapping and then use MAP_FIXED to build the final
(possibly legitimately overlapping) mappings. For ET_DYN w/out INTERP,
continue to map at a system-selected address in the mmap region.

Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20210916215947.3993776-1-keescook@chromium.org
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/1595869887-23307-2-git-send-email-anthony.yznaga@oracle.com
Co-developed-by: Anthony Yznaga <anthony.yznaga@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anthony Yznaga <anthony.yznaga@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Cc: Russell King <linux@armlinux.org.uk>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com>
Cc: Eric Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Chen Jingwen <chenjingwen6@huawei.com>
Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Andrei Vagin <avagin@openvz.org>
Cc: Khalid Aziz <khalid.aziz@oracle.com>
Cc: Michael Ellerman <mpe@ellerman.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
diff 5e01fdff Mon Aug 31 07:25:42 MDT 2020 Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org> fs: Replace zero-length array with flexible-array member

There is a regular need in the kernel to provide a way to declare having a
dynamically sized set of trailing elements in a structure. Kernel code should
always use “flexible array members”[1] for these cases. The older style of
one-element or zero-length arrays should no longer be used[2].

[1] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Flexible_array_member
[2] https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/v5.9-rc1/process/deprecated.html#zero-length-and-one-element-arrays

Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org>
H A Dfile_table.cdiff 93faf426 Tue Sep 26 10:22:28 MDT 2023 Mateusz Guzik <mjguzik@gmail.com> vfs: shave work on failed file open

Failed opens (mostly ENOENT) legitimately happen a lot, for example here
are stats from stracing kernel build for few seconds (strace -fc make):

% time seconds usecs/call calls errors syscall
------ ----------- ----------- --------- --------- ------------------
0.76 0.076233 5 15040 3688 openat

(this is tons of header files tried in different paths)

In the common case of there being nothing to close (only the file object
to free) there is a lot of overhead which can be avoided.

This is most notably delegation of freeing to task_work, which comes
with an enormous cost (see 021a160abf62 ("fs: use __fput_sync in
close(2)" for an example).

Benchmarked with will-it-scale with a custom testcase based on
tests/open1.c, stuffed into tests/openneg.c:
[snip]
while (1) {
int fd = open("/tmp/nonexistent", O_RDONLY);
assert(fd == -1);

(*iterations)++;
}
[/snip]

Sapphire Rapids, openneg_processes -t 1 (ops/s):
before: 1950013
after: 2914973 (+49%)

file refcount is checked as a safety belt against buggy consumers with
an atomic cmpxchg. Technically it is not necessary, but it happens to
not be measurable due to several other atomics which immediately follow.
Optmizing them away to make this atomic into a problem is left as an
exercise for the reader.

v2:
- unexport fput_badopen and move to fs/internal.h
- handle the refcount with cmpxchg, adjust commentary accordingly
- tweak the commit message

Signed-off-by: Mateusz Guzik <mjguzik@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230926162228.68666-1-mjguzik@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
diff 62d53c4a Thu Jun 15 05:22:28 MDT 2023 Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> fs: use backing_file container for internal files with "fake" f_path

Overlayfs uses open_with_fake_path() to allocate internal kernel files,
with a "fake" path - whose f_path is not on the same fs as f_inode.

Allocate a container struct backing_file for those internal files, that
is used to hold the "fake" ovl path along with the real path.

backing_file_real_path() can be used to access the stored real path.

Signed-off-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com>
Message-Id: <20230615112229.2143178-5-amir73il@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
diff e9c15bad Mon Jun 15 06:13:58 MDT 2020 Mel Gorman <mgorman@techsingularity.net> fs: Do not check if there is a fsnotify watcher on pseudo inodes

The kernel uses internal mounts created by kern_mount() and populated
with files with no lookup path by alloc_file_pseudo() for a variety of
reasons. An example of such a mount is for anonymous pipes. For pipes,
every vfs_write() regardless of filesystem, calls fsnotify_modify()
to notify of any changes which incurs a small amount of overhead in
fsnotify even when there are no watchers. It can also trigger for reads
and readv and writev, it was simply vfs_write() that was noticed first.

A patch is pending that reduces, but does not eliminate, the overhead of
fsnotify but for files that cannot be looked up via a path, even that
small overhead is unnecessary. The user API for all notification
subsystems (inotify, fanotify, ...) is based on the pathname and a dirfd
and proc entries appear to be the only visible representation of the
files. Proc does not have the same pathname as the internal entry and
the proc inode is not the same as the internal inode so even if fanotify
is used on a file under /proc/XX/fd, no useful events are notified.

This patch changes alloc_file_pseudo() to always opt out of fsnotify by
setting FMODE_NONOTIFY flag so that no check is made for fsnotify
watchers on pseudo files. This should be safe as the underlying helper
for the dentry is d_alloc_pseudo() which explicitly states that no
lookups are ever performed meaning that fanotify should have nothing
useful to attach to.

The test motivating this was "perf bench sched messaging --pipe". On
a single-socket machine using threads the difference of the patch was
as follows.

5.7.0 5.7.0
vanilla nofsnotify-v1r1
Amean 1 1.3837 ( 0.00%) 1.3547 ( 2.10%)
Amean 3 3.7360 ( 0.00%) 3.6543 ( 2.19%)
Amean 5 5.8130 ( 0.00%) 5.7233 * 1.54%*
Amean 7 8.1490 ( 0.00%) 7.9730 * 2.16%*
Amean 12 14.6843 ( 0.00%) 14.1820 ( 3.42%)
Amean 18 21.8840 ( 0.00%) 21.7460 ( 0.63%)
Amean 24 28.8697 ( 0.00%) 29.1680 ( -1.03%)
Amean 30 36.0787 ( 0.00%) 35.2640 * 2.26%*
Amean 32 38.0527 ( 0.00%) 38.1223 ( -0.18%)

The difference is small but in some cases it's outside the noise so
while marginal, there is still some small benefit to ignoring fsnotify
for files allocated via alloc_file_pseudo() in some cases.

Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200615121358.GF3183@techsingularity.net
Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman <mgorman@techsingularity.net>
Reviewed-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff a457606a Sun Oct 12 13:29:29 MDT 2014 Eric Biggers <ebiggers3@gmail.com> fs/file_table.c: Update alloc_file() comment

This comment is 5 years outdated; init_file() no longer exists.

Signed-off-by: Eric Biggers <ebiggers3@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
diff 5c33b183 Fri Jul 20 13:05:59 MDT 2012 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> uninline file_free_rcu()

What inline? Its only use is passing its address to call_rcu(), for fuck sake!

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
diff 5a6b7951 Thu Mar 23 04:01:03 MST 2006 Benjamin LaHaise <bcrl@linux.intel.com> [PATCH] get_empty_filp tweaks, inline epoll_init_file()

Eliminate a handful of cache references by keeping current in a register
instead of reloading (helps x86) and avoiding the overhead of a function
call. Inlining eventpoll_init_file() saves 24 bytes. Also reorder file
initialization to make writes occur more sequentially.

Signed-off-by: Benjamin LaHaise <bcrl@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Davide Libenzi <davidel@xmailserver.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org>
H A Dlibfs.cdiff 5ca14835 Fri Sep 09 14:57:41 MDT 2022 Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> fs: uninline inode_maybe_inc_iversion()

It has many callsites and is large.

text data bss dec hex filename
91796 15984 512 108292 1a704 mm/shmem.o-before
91180 15984 512 107676 1a49c mm/shmem.o-after

Acked-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org>
Cc: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Hugh Dickins <hughd@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
diff fc50eee3 Mon Jun 28 20:36:24 MDT 2021 Matthew Wilcox (Oracle) <willy@infradead.org> fs: remove anon_set_page_dirty()

Use __set_page_dirty_no_writeback() instead. This will set the dirty bit
on the page, which will be used to avoid calling set_page_dirty() in the
future. It will have no effect on actually writing the page back, as the
pages are not on any LRU lists.

Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20210615162342.1669332-5-willy@infradead.org
Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox (Oracle) <willy@infradead.org>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Cc: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
diff a65cab7d Sat Mar 07 19:38:49 MST 2020 Eric Biggers <ebiggers@google.com> libfs: fix infoleak in simple_attr_read()

Reading from a debugfs file at a nonzero position, without first reading
at position 0, leaks uninitialized memory to userspace.

It's a bit tricky to do this, since lseek() and pread() aren't allowed
on these files, and write() doesn't update the position on them. But
writing to them with splice() *does* update the position:

#define _GNU_SOURCE 1
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <unistd.h>
int main()
{
int pipes[2], fd, n, i;
char buf[32];

pipe(pipes);
write(pipes[1], "0", 1);
fd = open("/sys/kernel/debug/fault_around_bytes", O_RDWR);
splice(pipes[0], NULL, fd, NULL, 1, 0);
n = read(fd, buf, sizeof(buf));
for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
printf("%02x", buf[i]);
printf("\n");
}

Output:
5a5a5a5a5a5a5a5a5a5a5a5a5a5a5a5a5a5a5a5a5a5a5a30

Fix the infoleak by making simple_attr_read() always fill
simple_attr::get_buf if it hasn't been filled yet.

Reported-by: syzbot+fcab69d1ada3e8d6f06b@syzkaller.appspotmail.com
Reported-by: Alexander Potapenko <glider@google.com>
Fixes: acaefc25d21f ("[PATCH] libfs: add simple attribute files")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Eric Biggers <ebiggers@google.com>
Acked-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200308023849.988264-1-ebiggers@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
diff 8e88bfba Mon Oct 14 15:12:14 MDT 2019 Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> fs/libfs.c: fix kernel-doc warning

Fix kernel-doc warning in fs/libfs.c:

fs/libfs.c:496: warning: Excess function parameter 'available' description in 'simple_write_end'

Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/5fc9d70b-e377-0ec9-066a-970d49579041@infradead.org
Fixes: ad2a722f196d ("libfs: Open code simple_commit_write into only user")
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Cc: Boaz Harrosh <boazh@netapp.com>
Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
diff a528d35e Tue Jan 31 09:46:22 MST 2017 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> statx: Add a system call to make enhanced file info available

Add a system call to make extended file information available, including
file creation and some attribute flags where available through the
underlying filesystem.

The getattr inode operation is altered to take two additional arguments: a
u32 request_mask and an unsigned int flags that indicate the
synchronisation mode. This change is propagated to the vfs_getattr*()
function.

Functions like vfs_stat() are now inline wrappers around new functions
vfs_statx() and vfs_statx_fd() to reduce stack usage.

========
OVERVIEW
========

The idea was initially proposed as a set of xattrs that could be retrieved
with getxattr(), but the general preference proved to be for a new syscall
with an extended stat structure.

A number of requests were gathered for features to be included. The
following have been included:

(1) Make the fields a consistent size on all arches and make them large.

(2) Spare space, request flags and information flags are provided for
future expansion.

(3) Better support for the y2038 problem [Arnd Bergmann] (tv_sec is an
__s64).

(4) Creation time: The SMB protocol carries the creation time, which could
be exported by Samba, which will in turn help CIFS make use of
FS-Cache as that can be used for coherency data (stx_btime).

This is also specified in NFSv4 as a recommended attribute and could
be exported by NFSD [Steve French].

(5) Lightweight stat: Ask for just those details of interest, and allow a
netfs (such as NFS) to approximate anything not of interest, possibly
without going to the server [Trond Myklebust, Ulrich Drepper, Andreas
Dilger] (AT_STATX_DONT_SYNC).

(6) Heavyweight stat: Force a netfs to go to the server, even if it thinks
its cached attributes are up to date [Trond Myklebust]
(AT_STATX_FORCE_SYNC).

And the following have been left out for future extension:

(7) Data version number: Could be used by userspace NFS servers [Aneesh
Kumar].

Can also be used to modify fill_post_wcc() in NFSD which retrieves
i_version directly, but has just called vfs_getattr(). It could get
it from the kstat struct if it used vfs_xgetattr() instead.

(There's disagreement on the exact semantics of a single field, since
not all filesystems do this the same way).

(8) BSD stat compatibility: Including more fields from the BSD stat such
as creation time (st_btime) and inode generation number (st_gen)
[Jeremy Allison, Bernd Schubert].

(9) Inode generation number: Useful for FUSE and userspace NFS servers
[Bernd Schubert].

(This was asked for but later deemed unnecessary with the
open-by-handle capability available and caused disagreement as to
whether it's a security hole or not).

(10) Extra coherency data may be useful in making backups [Andreas Dilger].

(No particular data were offered, but things like last backup
timestamp, the data version number and the DOS archive bit would come
into this category).

(11) Allow the filesystem to indicate what it can/cannot provide: A
filesystem can now say it doesn't support a standard stat feature if
that isn't available, so if, for instance, inode numbers or UIDs don't
exist or are fabricated locally...

(This requires a separate system call - I have an fsinfo() call idea
for this).

(12) Store a 16-byte volume ID in the superblock that can be returned in
struct xstat [Steve French].

(Deferred to fsinfo).

(13) Include granularity fields in the time data to indicate the
granularity of each of the times (NFSv4 time_delta) [Steve French].

(Deferred to fsinfo).

(14) FS_IOC_GETFLAGS value. These could be translated to BSD's st_flags.
Note that the Linux IOC flags are a mess and filesystems such as Ext4
define flags that aren't in linux/fs.h, so translation in the kernel
may be a necessity (or, possibly, we provide the filesystem type too).

(Some attributes are made available in stx_attributes, but the general
feeling was that the IOC flags were to ext[234]-specific and shouldn't
be exposed through statx this way).

(15) Mask of features available on file (eg: ACLs, seclabel) [Brad Boyer,
Michael Kerrisk].

(Deferred, probably to fsinfo. Finding out if there's an ACL or
seclabal might require extra filesystem operations).

(16) Femtosecond-resolution timestamps [Dave Chinner].

(A __reserved field has been left in the statx_timestamp struct for
this - if there proves to be a need).

(17) A set multiple attributes syscall to go with this.

===============
NEW SYSTEM CALL
===============

The new system call is:

int ret = statx(int dfd,
const char *filename,
unsigned int flags,
unsigned int mask,
struct statx *buffer);

The dfd, filename and flags parameters indicate the file to query, in a
similar way to fstatat(). There is no equivalent of lstat() as that can be
emulated with statx() by passing AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW in flags. There is
also no equivalent of fstat() as that can be emulated by passing a NULL
filename to statx() with the fd of interest in dfd.

Whether or not statx() synchronises the attributes with the backing store
can be controlled by OR'ing a value into the flags argument (this typically
only affects network filesystems):

(1) AT_STATX_SYNC_AS_STAT tells statx() to behave as stat() does in this
respect.

(2) AT_STATX_FORCE_SYNC will require a network filesystem to synchronise
its attributes with the server - which might require data writeback to
occur to get the timestamps correct.

(3) AT_STATX_DONT_SYNC will suppress synchronisation with the server in a
network filesystem. The resulting values should be considered
approximate.

mask is a bitmask indicating the fields in struct statx that are of
interest to the caller. The user should set this to STATX_BASIC_STATS to
get the basic set returned by stat(). It should be noted that asking for
more information may entail extra I/O operations.

buffer points to the destination for the data. This must be 256 bytes in
size.

======================
MAIN ATTRIBUTES RECORD
======================

The following structures are defined in which to return the main attribute
set:

struct statx_timestamp {
__s64 tv_sec;
__s32 tv_nsec;
__s32 __reserved;
};

struct statx {
__u32 stx_mask;
__u32 stx_blksize;
__u64 stx_attributes;
__u32 stx_nlink;
__u32 stx_uid;
__u32 stx_gid;
__u16 stx_mode;
__u16 __spare0[1];
__u64 stx_ino;
__u64 stx_size;
__u64 stx_blocks;
__u64 __spare1[1];
struct statx_timestamp stx_atime;
struct statx_timestamp stx_btime;
struct statx_timestamp stx_ctime;
struct statx_timestamp stx_mtime;
__u32 stx_rdev_major;
__u32 stx_rdev_minor;
__u32 stx_dev_major;
__u32 stx_dev_minor;
__u64 __spare2[14];
};

The defined bits in request_mask and stx_mask are:

STATX_TYPE Want/got stx_mode & S_IFMT
STATX_MODE Want/got stx_mode & ~S_IFMT
STATX_NLINK Want/got stx_nlink
STATX_UID Want/got stx_uid
STATX_GID Want/got stx_gid
STATX_ATIME Want/got stx_atime{,_ns}
STATX_MTIME Want/got stx_mtime{,_ns}
STATX_CTIME Want/got stx_ctime{,_ns}
STATX_INO Want/got stx_ino
STATX_SIZE Want/got stx_size
STATX_BLOCKS Want/got stx_blocks
STATX_BASIC_STATS [The stuff in the normal stat struct]
STATX_BTIME Want/got stx_btime{,_ns}
STATX_ALL [All currently available stuff]

stx_btime is the file creation time, stx_mask is a bitmask indicating the
data provided and __spares*[] are where as-yet undefined fields can be
placed.

Time fields are structures with separate seconds and nanoseconds fields
plus a reserved field in case we want to add even finer resolution. Note
that times will be negative if before 1970; in such a case, the nanosecond
fields will also be negative if not zero.

The bits defined in the stx_attributes field convey information about a
file, how it is accessed, where it is and what it does. The following
attributes map to FS_*_FL flags and are the same numerical value:

STATX_ATTR_COMPRESSED File is compressed by the fs
STATX_ATTR_IMMUTABLE File is marked immutable
STATX_ATTR_APPEND File is append-only
STATX_ATTR_NODUMP File is not to be dumped
STATX_ATTR_ENCRYPTED File requires key to decrypt in fs

Within the kernel, the supported flags are listed by:

KSTAT_ATTR_FS_IOC_FLAGS

[Are any other IOC flags of sufficient general interest to be exposed
through this interface?]

New flags include:

STATX_ATTR_AUTOMOUNT Object is an automount trigger

These are for the use of GUI tools that might want to mark files specially,
depending on what they are.

Fields in struct statx come in a number of classes:

(0) stx_dev_*, stx_blksize.

These are local system information and are always available.

(1) stx_mode, stx_nlinks, stx_uid, stx_gid, stx_[amc]time, stx_ino,
stx_size, stx_blocks.

These will be returned whether the caller asks for them or not. The
corresponding bits in stx_mask will be set to indicate whether they
actually have valid values.

If the caller didn't ask for them, then they may be approximated. For
example, NFS won't waste any time updating them from the server,
unless as a byproduct of updating something requested.

If the values don't actually exist for the underlying object (such as
UID or GID on a DOS file), then the bit won't be set in the stx_mask,
even if the caller asked for the value. In such a case, the returned
value will be a fabrication.

Note that there are instances where the type might not be valid, for
instance Windows reparse points.

(2) stx_rdev_*.

This will be set only if stx_mode indicates we're looking at a
blockdev or a chardev, otherwise will be 0.

(3) stx_btime.

Similar to (1), except this will be set to 0 if it doesn't exist.

=======
TESTING
=======

The following test program can be used to test the statx system call:

samples/statx/test-statx.c

Just compile and run, passing it paths to the files you want to examine.
The file is built automatically if CONFIG_SAMPLES is enabled.

Here's some example output. Firstly, an NFS directory that crosses to
another FSID. Note that the AUTOMOUNT attribute is set because transiting
this directory will cause d_automount to be invoked by the VFS.

[root@andromeda ~]# /tmp/test-statx -A /warthog/data
statx(/warthog/data) = 0
results=7ff
Size: 4096 Blocks: 8 IO Block: 1048576 directory
Device: 00:26 Inode: 1703937 Links: 125
Access: (3777/drwxrwxrwx) Uid: 0 Gid: 4041
Access: 2016-11-24 09:02:12.219699527+0000
Modify: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000
Change: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000
Attributes: 0000000000001000 (-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ---m---- --------)

Secondly, the result of automounting on that directory.

[root@andromeda ~]# /tmp/test-statx /warthog/data
statx(/warthog/data) = 0
results=7ff
Size: 4096 Blocks: 8 IO Block: 1048576 directory
Device: 00:27 Inode: 2 Links: 125
Access: (3777/drwxrwxrwx) Uid: 0 Gid: 4041
Access: 2016-11-24 09:02:12.219699527+0000
Modify: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000
Change: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5f2c4179 Thu May 07 09:14:26 MDT 2015 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> switch ->put_link() from dentry to inode

only one instance looks at that argument at all; that sole
exception wants inode rather than dentry.

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
diff 5f99f4e7 Wed May 15 18:23:06 MDT 2013 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> [readdir] switch dcache_readdir() users to ->iterate()

new helpers - dir_emit_dot(file, ctx, dentry), dir_emit_dotdot(file, ctx),
dir_emit_dots(file, ctx).

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
diff 5c5d3f3b Tue May 24 14:06:09 MDT 2011 Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net> libfs: drop unneeded dentry_unhash

There are no libfs issues with dangling references to empty directories.

Signed-off-by: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
/linux-master/fs/cachefiles/
H A Dinternal.hdiff b817e22b Sun Nov 19 09:14:21 MST 2023 Jia Zhu <zhujia.zj@bytedance.com> cachefiles: narrow the scope of triggering EPOLLIN events in ondemand mode

Don't trigger EPOLLIN when there are only reopening read requests in
xarray.

Suggested-by: Xin Yin <yinxin.x@bytedance.com>
Signed-off-by: Jia Zhu <zhujia.zj@bytedance.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231120041422.75170-5-zhujia.zj@bytedance.com
Reviewed-by: Jingbo Xu <jefflexu@linux.alibaba.com>
Reviewed-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
diff 324b954a Mon Apr 25 06:21:26 MDT 2022 Jeffle Xu <jefflexu@linux.alibaba.com> cachefiles: notify the user daemon when withdrawing cookie

Notify the user daemon that cookie is going to be withdrawn, providing a
hint that the associated anonymous fd can be closed.

Be noted that this is only a hint. The user daemon may close the
associated anonymous fd when receiving the CLOSE request, then it will
receive another anonymous fd when the cookie gets looked up. Or it may
ignore the CLOSE request, and keep writing data through the anonymous
fd. However the next time the cookie gets looked up, the user daemon
will still receive another new anonymous fd.

Signed-off-by: Jeffle Xu <jefflexu@linux.alibaba.com>
Acked-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220425122143.56815-5-jefflexu@linux.alibaba.com
Signed-off-by: Gao Xiang <hsiangkao@linux.alibaba.com>
diff 5d439467 Wed Nov 17 08:48:06 MST 2021 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> cachefiles: Implement key to filename encoding

Implement a function to encode a binary cookie key as something that can be
used as a filename. Four options are considered:

(1) All printable chars with no '/' characters. Prepend a 'D' to indicate
the encoding but otherwise use as-is.

(2) Appears to be an array of __be32. Encode as 'S' plus a list of
hex-encoded 32-bit ints separated by commas. If a number is 0, it is
rendered as "" instead of "0".

(3) Appears to be an array of __le32. Encoded as (2) but with a 'T'
encoding prefix.

(4) Encoded as base64 with an 'E' prefix plus a second char indicating how
much padding is involved. A non-standard base64 encoding is used
because '/' cannot be used in the encoded form.

If (1) is not possible, whichever of (2), (3) or (4) produces the shortest
string is selected (hex-encoding a number may be less dense than base64
encoding it).

Note that the prefix characters have to be selected from the set [DEIJST@]
lest cachefilesd remove the files because it recognise the name.

Changes
=======
ver #2:
- Fix a short allocation that didn't allow for a string terminator[1]

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org>
cc: linux-cachefs@redhat.com
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/bcefb8f2-576a-b3fc-cc29-89808ebfd7c1@linux.alibaba.com/ [1]
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/163819640393.215744.15212364106412961104.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v1
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/163906940529.143852.17352132319136117053.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v2
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/163967149827.1823006.6088580775428487961.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v3
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/164021549223.640689.14762875188193982341.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v4
diff 5dd43ce2 Mon Jun 19 16:19:09 MDT 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/wait: Split out the wait_bit*() APIs from <linux/wait.h> into <linux/wait_bit.h>

The wait_bit*() types and APIs are mixed into wait.h, but they
are a pretty orthogonal extension of wait-queues.

Furthermore, only about 50 kernel files use these APIs, while
over 1000 use the regular wait-queue functionality.

So clean up the main wait.h by moving the wait-bit functionality
out of it, into a separate .h and .c file:

include/linux/wait_bit.h for types and APIs
kernel/sched/wait_bit.c for the implementation

Update all header dependencies.

This reduces the size of wait.h rather significantly, by about 30%.

Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5f4f9f4a Thu Dec 20 14:52:33 MST 2012 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> CacheFiles: Downgrade the requirements passed to the allocator

Downgrade the requirements passed to the allocator in the gfp flags parameter.
FS-Cache/CacheFiles can handle OOM conditions simply by aborting the attempt to
store an object or a page in the cache.

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
diff c61ea31d Tue May 11 09:51:39 MDT 2010 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> CacheFiles: Fix occasional EIO on call to vfs_unlink()

Fix an occasional EIO returned by a call to vfs_unlink():

[ 4868.465413] CacheFiles: I/O Error: Unlink failed
[ 4868.465444] FS-Cache: Cache cachefiles stopped due to I/O error
[ 4947.320011] CacheFiles: File cache on md3 unregistering
[ 4947.320041] FS-Cache: Withdrawing cache "mycache"
[ 5127.348683] FS-Cache: Cache "mycache" added (type cachefiles)
[ 5127.348716] CacheFiles: File cache on md3 registered
[ 7076.871081] CacheFiles: I/O Error: Unlink failed
[ 7076.871130] FS-Cache: Cache cachefiles stopped due to I/O error
[ 7116.780891] CacheFiles: File cache on md3 unregistering
[ 7116.780937] FS-Cache: Withdrawing cache "mycache"
[ 7296.813394] FS-Cache: Cache "mycache" added (type cachefiles)
[ 7296.813432] CacheFiles: File cache on md3 registered

What happens is this:

(1) A cached NFS file is seen to have become out of date, so NFS retires the
object and immediately acquires a new object with the same key.

(2) Retirement of the old object is done asynchronously - so the lookup/create
to generate the new object may be done first.

This can be a problem as the old object and the new object must exist at
the same point in the backing filesystem (i.e. they must have the same
pathname).

(3) The lookup for the new object sees that a backing file already exists,
checks to see whether it is valid and sees that it isn't. It then deletes
that file and creates a new one on disk.

(4) The retirement phase for the old file is then performed. It tries to
delete the dentry it has, but ext4_unlink() returns -EIO because the inode
attached to that dentry no longer matches the inode number associated with
the filename in the parent directory.

The trace below shows this quite well.

[md5sum] ==> __fscache_relinquish_cookie(ffff88002d12fb58{NFS.fh,ffff88002ce62100},1)
[md5sum] ==> __fscache_acquire_cookie({NFS.server},{NFS.fh},ffff88002ce62100)

NFS has retired the old cookie and asked for a new one.

[kslowd] ==> fscache_object_state_machine({OBJ52,OBJECT_ACTIVE,24})
[kslowd] <== fscache_object_state_machine() [->OBJECT_DYING]
[kslowd] ==> fscache_object_state_machine({OBJ53,OBJECT_INIT,0})
[kslowd] <== fscache_object_state_machine() [->OBJECT_LOOKING_UP]
[kslowd] ==> fscache_object_state_machine({OBJ52,OBJECT_DYING,24})
[kslowd] <== fscache_object_state_machine() [->OBJECT_RECYCLING]

The old object (OBJ52) is going through the terminal states to get rid of it,
whilst the new object - (OBJ53) - is coming into being.

[kslowd] ==> fscache_object_state_machine({OBJ53,OBJECT_LOOKING_UP,0})
[kslowd] ==> cachefiles_walk_to_object({ffff88003029d8b8},OBJ53,@68,)
[kslowd] lookup '@68'
[kslowd] next -> ffff88002ce41bd0 positive
[kslowd] advance
[kslowd] lookup 'Es0g00og0_Nd_XCYe3BOzvXrsBLMlN6aw16M1htaA'
[kslowd] next -> ffff8800369faac8 positive

The new object has looked up the subdir in which the file would be in (getting
dentry ffff88002ce41bd0) and then looked up the file itself (getting dentry
ffff8800369faac8).

[kslowd] validate 'Es0g00og0_Nd_XCYe3BOzvXrsBLMlN6aw16M1htaA'
[kslowd] ==> cachefiles_bury_object(,'@68','Es0g00og0_Nd_XCYe3BOzvXrsBLMlN6aw16M1htaA')
[kslowd] remove ffff8800369faac8 from ffff88002ce41bd0
[kslowd] unlink stale object
[kslowd] <== cachefiles_bury_object() = 0

It then checks the file's xattrs to see if it's valid. NFS says that the
auxiliary data indicate the file is out of date (obvious to us - that's why NFS
ditched the old version and got a new one). CacheFiles then deletes the old
file (dentry ffff8800369faac8).

[kslowd] redo lookup
[kslowd] lookup 'Es0g00og0_Nd_XCYe3BOzvXrsBLMlN6aw16M1htaA'
[kslowd] next -> ffff88002cd94288 negative
[kslowd] create -> ffff88002cd94288{ffff88002cdaf238{ino=148247}}

CacheFiles then redoes the lookup and gets a negative result in a new dentry
(ffff88002cd94288) which it then creates a file for.

[kslowd] ==> cachefiles_mark_object_active(,OBJ53)
[kslowd] <== cachefiles_mark_object_active() = 0
[kslowd] === OBTAINED_OBJECT ===
[kslowd] <== cachefiles_walk_to_object() = 0 [148247]
[kslowd] <== fscache_object_state_machine() [->OBJECT_AVAILABLE]

The new object is then marked active and the state machine moves to the
available state - at which point NFS can start filling the object.

[kslowd] ==> fscache_object_state_machine({OBJ52,OBJECT_RECYCLING,20})
[kslowd] ==> fscache_release_object()
[kslowd] ==> cachefiles_drop_object({OBJ52,2})
[kslowd] ==> cachefiles_delete_object(,OBJ52{ffff8800369faac8})

The old object, meanwhile, goes on with being retired. If allocation occurs
first, cachefiles_delete_object() has to wait for dir->d_inode->i_mutex to
become available before it can continue.

[kslowd] ==> cachefiles_bury_object(,'@68','Es0g00og0_Nd_XCYe3BOzvXrsBLMlN6aw16M1htaA')
[kslowd] remove ffff8800369faac8 from ffff88002ce41bd0
[kslowd] unlink stale object
EXT4-fs warning (device sda6): ext4_unlink: Inode number mismatch in unlink (148247!=148193)
CacheFiles: I/O Error: Unlink failed
FS-Cache: Cache cachefiles stopped due to I/O error

CacheFiles then tries to delete the file for the old object, but the dentry it
has (ffff8800369faac8) no longer points to a valid inode for that directory
entry, and so ext4_unlink() returns -EIO when de->inode does not match i_ino.

[kslowd] <== cachefiles_bury_object() = -5
[kslowd] <== cachefiles_delete_object() = -5
[kslowd] <== fscache_object_state_machine() [->OBJECT_DEAD]
[kslowd] ==> fscache_object_state_machine({OBJ53,OBJECT_AVAILABLE,0})
[kslowd] <== fscache_object_state_machine() [->OBJECT_ACTIVE]

(Note that the above trace includes extra information beyond that produced by
the upstream code).

The fix is to note when an object that is being retired has had its object
deleted preemptively by a replacement object that is being created, and to
skip the second removal attempt in such a case.

Reported-by: Greg M <gregm@servu.net.au>
Reported-by: Mark Moseley <moseleymark@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Romain DEGEZ <romain.degez@smartjog.com>
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
diff c61ea31d Tue May 11 09:51:39 MDT 2010 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> CacheFiles: Fix occasional EIO on call to vfs_unlink()

Fix an occasional EIO returned by a call to vfs_unlink():

[ 4868.465413] CacheFiles: I/O Error: Unlink failed
[ 4868.465444] FS-Cache: Cache cachefiles stopped due to I/O error
[ 4947.320011] CacheFiles: File cache on md3 unregistering
[ 4947.320041] FS-Cache: Withdrawing cache "mycache"
[ 5127.348683] FS-Cache: Cache "mycache" added (type cachefiles)
[ 5127.348716] CacheFiles: File cache on md3 registered
[ 7076.871081] CacheFiles: I/O Error: Unlink failed
[ 7076.871130] FS-Cache: Cache cachefiles stopped due to I/O error
[ 7116.780891] CacheFiles: File cache on md3 unregistering
[ 7116.780937] FS-Cache: Withdrawing cache "mycache"
[ 7296.813394] FS-Cache: Cache "mycache" added (type cachefiles)
[ 7296.813432] CacheFiles: File cache on md3 registered

What happens is this:

(1) A cached NFS file is seen to have become out of date, so NFS retires the
object and immediately acquires a new object with the same key.

(2) Retirement of the old object is done asynchronously - so the lookup/create
to generate the new object may be done first.

This can be a problem as the old object and the new object must exist at
the same point in the backing filesystem (i.e. they must have the same
pathname).

(3) The lookup for the new object sees that a backing file already exists,
checks to see whether it is valid and sees that it isn't. It then deletes
that file and creates a new one on disk.

(4) The retirement phase for the old file is then performed. It tries to
delete the dentry it has, but ext4_unlink() returns -EIO because the inode
attached to that dentry no longer matches the inode number associated with
the filename in the parent directory.

The trace below shows this quite well.

[md5sum] ==> __fscache_relinquish_cookie(ffff88002d12fb58{NFS.fh,ffff88002ce62100},1)
[md5sum] ==> __fscache_acquire_cookie({NFS.server},{NFS.fh},ffff88002ce62100)

NFS has retired the old cookie and asked for a new one.

[kslowd] ==> fscache_object_state_machine({OBJ52,OBJECT_ACTIVE,24})
[kslowd] <== fscache_object_state_machine() [->OBJECT_DYING]
[kslowd] ==> fscache_object_state_machine({OBJ53,OBJECT_INIT,0})
[kslowd] <== fscache_object_state_machine() [->OBJECT_LOOKING_UP]
[kslowd] ==> fscache_object_state_machine({OBJ52,OBJECT_DYING,24})
[kslowd] <== fscache_object_state_machine() [->OBJECT_RECYCLING]

The old object (OBJ52) is going through the terminal states to get rid of it,
whilst the new object - (OBJ53) - is coming into being.

[kslowd] ==> fscache_object_state_machine({OBJ53,OBJECT_LOOKING_UP,0})
[kslowd] ==> cachefiles_walk_to_object({ffff88003029d8b8},OBJ53,@68,)
[kslowd] lookup '@68'
[kslowd] next -> ffff88002ce41bd0 positive
[kslowd] advance
[kslowd] lookup 'Es0g00og0_Nd_XCYe3BOzvXrsBLMlN6aw16M1htaA'
[kslowd] next -> ffff8800369faac8 positive

The new object has looked up the subdir in which the file would be in (getting
dentry ffff88002ce41bd0) and then looked up the file itself (getting dentry
ffff8800369faac8).

[kslowd] validate 'Es0g00og0_Nd_XCYe3BOzvXrsBLMlN6aw16M1htaA'
[kslowd] ==> cachefiles_bury_object(,'@68','Es0g00og0_Nd_XCYe3BOzvXrsBLMlN6aw16M1htaA')
[kslowd] remove ffff8800369faac8 from ffff88002ce41bd0
[kslowd] unlink stale object
[kslowd] <== cachefiles_bury_object() = 0

It then checks the file's xattrs to see if it's valid. NFS says that the
auxiliary data indicate the file is out of date (obvious to us - that's why NFS
ditched the old version and got a new one). CacheFiles then deletes the old
file (dentry ffff8800369faac8).

[kslowd] redo lookup
[kslowd] lookup 'Es0g00og0_Nd_XCYe3BOzvXrsBLMlN6aw16M1htaA'
[kslowd] next -> ffff88002cd94288 negative
[kslowd] create -> ffff88002cd94288{ffff88002cdaf238{ino=148247}}

CacheFiles then redoes the lookup and gets a negative result in a new dentry
(ffff88002cd94288) which it then creates a file for.

[kslowd] ==> cachefiles_mark_object_active(,OBJ53)
[kslowd] <== cachefiles_mark_object_active() = 0
[kslowd] === OBTAINED_OBJECT ===
[kslowd] <== cachefiles_walk_to_object() = 0 [148247]
[kslowd] <== fscache_object_state_machine() [->OBJECT_AVAILABLE]

The new object is then marked active and the state machine moves to the
available state - at which point NFS can start filling the object.

[kslowd] ==> fscache_object_state_machine({OBJ52,OBJECT_RECYCLING,20})
[kslowd] ==> fscache_release_object()
[kslowd] ==> cachefiles_drop_object({OBJ52,2})
[kslowd] ==> cachefiles_delete_object(,OBJ52{ffff8800369faac8})

The old object, meanwhile, goes on with being retired. If allocation occurs
first, cachefiles_delete_object() has to wait for dir->d_inode->i_mutex to
become available before it can continue.

[kslowd] ==> cachefiles_bury_object(,'@68','Es0g00og0_Nd_XCYe3BOzvXrsBLMlN6aw16M1htaA')
[kslowd] remove ffff8800369faac8 from ffff88002ce41bd0
[kslowd] unlink stale object
EXT4-fs warning (device sda6): ext4_unlink: Inode number mismatch in unlink (148247!=148193)
CacheFiles: I/O Error: Unlink failed
FS-Cache: Cache cachefiles stopped due to I/O error

CacheFiles then tries to delete the file for the old object, but the dentry it
has (ffff8800369faac8) no longer points to a valid inode for that directory
entry, and so ext4_unlink() returns -EIO when de->inode does not match i_ino.

[kslowd] <== cachefiles_bury_object() = -5
[kslowd] <== cachefiles_delete_object() = -5
[kslowd] <== fscache_object_state_machine() [->OBJECT_DEAD]
[kslowd] ==> fscache_object_state_machine({OBJ53,OBJECT_AVAILABLE,0})
[kslowd] <== fscache_object_state_machine() [->OBJECT_ACTIVE]

(Note that the above trace includes extra information beyond that produced by
the upstream code).

The fix is to note when an object that is being retired has had its object
deleted preemptively by a replacement object that is being created, and to
skip the second removal attempt in such a case.

Reported-by: Greg M <gregm@servu.net.au>
Reported-by: Mark Moseley <moseleymark@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Romain DEGEZ <romain.degez@smartjog.com>
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
9ae326a6 Fri Apr 03 09:42:41 MDT 2009 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> CacheFiles: A cache that backs onto a mounted filesystem

Add an FS-Cache cache-backend that permits a mounted filesystem to be used as a
backing store for the cache.

CacheFiles uses a userspace daemon to do some of the cache management - such as
reaping stale nodes and culling. This is called cachefilesd and lives in
/sbin. The source for the daemon can be downloaded from:

http://people.redhat.com/~dhowells/cachefs/cachefilesd.c

And an example configuration from:

http://people.redhat.com/~dhowells/cachefs/cachefilesd.conf

The filesystem and data integrity of the cache are only as good as those of the
filesystem providing the backing services. Note that CacheFiles does not
attempt to journal anything since the journalling interfaces of the various
filesystems are very specific in nature.

CacheFiles creates a misc character device - "/dev/cachefiles" - that is used
to communication with the daemon. Only one thing may have this open at once,
and whilst it is open, a cache is at least partially in existence. The daemon
opens this and sends commands down it to control the cache.

CacheFiles is currently limited to a single cache.

CacheFiles attempts to maintain at least a certain percentage of free space on
the filesystem, shrinking the cache by culling the objects it contains to make
space if necessary - see the "Cache Culling" section. This means it can be
placed on the same medium as a live set of data, and will expand to make use of
spare space and automatically contract when the set of data requires more
space.

============
REQUIREMENTS
============

The use of CacheFiles and its daemon requires the following features to be
available in the system and in the cache filesystem:

- dnotify.

- extended attributes (xattrs).

- openat() and friends.

- bmap() support on files in the filesystem (FIBMAP ioctl).

- The use of bmap() to detect a partial page at the end of the file.

It is strongly recommended that the "dir_index" option is enabled on Ext3
filesystems being used as a cache.

=============
CONFIGURATION
=============

The cache is configured by a script in /etc/cachefilesd.conf. These commands
set up cache ready for use. The following script commands are available:

(*) brun <N>%
(*) bcull <N>%
(*) bstop <N>%
(*) frun <N>%
(*) fcull <N>%
(*) fstop <N>%

Configure the culling limits. Optional. See the section on culling
The defaults are 7% (run), 5% (cull) and 1% (stop) respectively.

The commands beginning with a 'b' are file space (block) limits, those
beginning with an 'f' are file count limits.

(*) dir <path>

Specify the directory containing the root of the cache. Mandatory.

(*) tag <name>

Specify a tag to FS-Cache to use in distinguishing multiple caches.
Optional. The default is "CacheFiles".

(*) debug <mask>

Specify a numeric bitmask to control debugging in the kernel module.
Optional. The default is zero (all off). The following values can be
OR'd into the mask to collect various information:

1 Turn on trace of function entry (_enter() macros)
2 Turn on trace of function exit (_leave() macros)
4 Turn on trace of internal debug points (_debug())

This mask can also be set through sysfs, eg:

echo 5 >/sys/modules/cachefiles/parameters/debug

==================
STARTING THE CACHE
==================

The cache is started by running the daemon. The daemon opens the cache device,
configures the cache and tells it to begin caching. At that point the cache
binds to fscache and the cache becomes live.

The daemon is run as follows:

/sbin/cachefilesd [-d]* [-s] [-n] [-f <configfile>]

The flags are:

(*) -d

Increase the debugging level. This can be specified multiple times and
is cumulative with itself.

(*) -s

Send messages to stderr instead of syslog.

(*) -n

Don't daemonise and go into background.

(*) -f <configfile>

Use an alternative configuration file rather than the default one.

===============
THINGS TO AVOID
===============

Do not mount other things within the cache as this will cause problems. The
kernel module contains its own very cut-down path walking facility that ignores
mountpoints, but the daemon can't avoid them.

Do not create, rename or unlink files and directories in the cache whilst the
cache is active, as this may cause the state to become uncertain.

Renaming files in the cache might make objects appear to be other objects (the
filename is part of the lookup key).

Do not change or remove the extended attributes attached to cache files by the
cache as this will cause the cache state management to get confused.

Do not create files or directories in the cache, lest the cache get confused or
serve incorrect data.

Do not chmod files in the cache. The module creates things with minimal
permissions to prevent random users being able to access them directly.

=============
CACHE CULLING
=============

The cache may need culling occasionally to make space. This involves
discarding objects from the cache that have been used less recently than
anything else. Culling is based on the access time of data objects. Empty
directories are culled if not in use.

Cache culling is done on the basis of the percentage of blocks and the
percentage of files available in the underlying filesystem. There are six
"limits":

(*) brun
(*) frun

If the amount of free space and the number of available files in the cache
rises above both these limits, then culling is turned off.

(*) bcull
(*) fcull

If the amount of available space or the number of available files in the
cache falls below either of these limits, then culling is started.

(*) bstop
(*) fstop

If the amount of available space or the number of available files in the
cache falls below either of these limits, then no further allocation of
disk space or files is permitted until culling has raised things above
these limits again.

These must be configured thusly:

0 <= bstop < bcull < brun < 100
0 <= fstop < fcull < frun < 100

Note that these are percentages of available space and available files, and do
_not_ appear as 100 minus the percentage displayed by the "df" program.

The userspace daemon scans the cache to build up a table of cullable objects.
These are then culled in least recently used order. A new scan of the cache is
started as soon as space is made in the table. Objects will be skipped if
their atimes have changed or if the kernel module says it is still using them.

===============
CACHE STRUCTURE
===============

The CacheFiles module will create two directories in the directory it was
given:

(*) cache/

(*) graveyard/

The active cache objects all reside in the first directory. The CacheFiles
kernel module moves any retired or culled objects that it can't simply unlink
to the graveyard from which the daemon will actually delete them.

The daemon uses dnotify to monitor the graveyard directory, and will delete
anything that appears therein.

The module represents index objects as directories with the filename "I..." or
"J...". Note that the "cache/" directory is itself a special index.

Data objects are represented as files if they have no children, or directories
if they do. Their filenames all begin "D..." or "E...". If represented as a
directory, data objects will have a file in the directory called "data" that
actually holds the data.

Special objects are similar to data objects, except their filenames begin
"S..." or "T...".

If an object has children, then it will be represented as a directory.
Immediately in the representative directory are a collection of directories
named for hash values of the child object keys with an '@' prepended. Into
this directory, if possible, will be placed the representations of the child
objects:

INDEX INDEX INDEX DATA FILES
========= ========== ================================= ================
cache/@4a/I03nfs/@30/Ji000000000000000--fHg8hi8400
cache/@4a/I03nfs/@30/Ji000000000000000--fHg8hi8400/@75/Es0g000w...DB1ry
cache/@4a/I03nfs/@30/Ji000000000000000--fHg8hi8400/@75/Es0g000w...N22ry
cache/@4a/I03nfs/@30/Ji000000000000000--fHg8hi8400/@75/Es0g000w...FP1ry

If the key is so long that it exceeds NAME_MAX with the decorations added on to
it, then it will be cut into pieces, the first few of which will be used to
make a nest of directories, and the last one of which will be the objects
inside the last directory. The names of the intermediate directories will have
'+' prepended:

J1223/@23/+xy...z/+kl...m/Epqr

Note that keys are raw data, and not only may they exceed NAME_MAX in size,
they may also contain things like '/' and NUL characters, and so they may not
be suitable for turning directly into a filename.

To handle this, CacheFiles will use a suitably printable filename directly and
"base-64" encode ones that aren't directly suitable. The two versions of
object filenames indicate the encoding:

OBJECT TYPE PRINTABLE ENCODED
=============== =============== ===============
Index "I..." "J..."
Data "D..." "E..."
Special "S..." "T..."

Intermediate directories are always "@" or "+" as appropriate.

Each object in the cache has an extended attribute label that holds the object
type ID (required to distinguish special objects) and the auxiliary data from
the netfs. The latter is used to detect stale objects in the cache and update
or retire them.

Note that CacheFiles will erase from the cache any file it doesn't recognise or
any file of an incorrect type (such as a FIFO file or a device file).

==========================
SECURITY MODEL AND SELINUX
==========================

CacheFiles is implemented to deal properly with the LSM security features of
the Linux kernel and the SELinux facility.

One of the problems that CacheFiles faces is that it is generally acting on
behalf of a process, and running in that process's context, and that includes a
security context that is not appropriate for accessing the cache - either
because the files in the cache are inaccessible to that process, or because if
the process creates a file in the cache, that file may be inaccessible to other
processes.

The way CacheFiles works is to temporarily change the security context (fsuid,
fsgid and actor security label) that the process acts as - without changing the
security context of the process when it the target of an operation performed by
some other process (so signalling and suchlike still work correctly).

When the CacheFiles module is asked to bind to its cache, it:

(1) Finds the security label attached to the root cache directory and uses
that as the security label with which it will create files. By default,
this is:

cachefiles_var_t

(2) Finds the security label of the process which issued the bind request
(presumed to be the cachefilesd daemon), which by default will be:

cachefilesd_t

and asks LSM to supply a security ID as which it should act given the
daemon's label. By default, this will be:

cachefiles_kernel_t

SELinux transitions the daemon's security ID to the module's security ID
based on a rule of this form in the policy.

type_transition <daemon's-ID> kernel_t : process <module's-ID>;

For instance:

type_transition cachefilesd_t kernel_t : process cachefiles_kernel_t;

The module's security ID gives it permission to create, move and remove files
and directories in the cache, to find and access directories and files in the
cache, to set and access extended attributes on cache objects, and to read and
write files in the cache.

The daemon's security ID gives it only a very restricted set of permissions: it
may scan directories, stat files and erase files and directories. It may
not read or write files in the cache, and so it is precluded from accessing the
data cached therein; nor is it permitted to create new files in the cache.

There are policy source files available in:

http://people.redhat.com/~dhowells/fscache/cachefilesd-0.8.tar.bz2

and later versions. In that tarball, see the files:

cachefilesd.te
cachefilesd.fc
cachefilesd.if

They are built and installed directly by the RPM.

If a non-RPM based system is being used, then copy the above files to their own
directory and run:

make -f /usr/share/selinux/devel/Makefile
semodule -i cachefilesd.pp

You will need checkpolicy and selinux-policy-devel installed prior to the
build.

By default, the cache is located in /var/fscache, but if it is desirable that
it should be elsewhere, than either the above policy files must be altered, or
an auxiliary policy must be installed to label the alternate location of the
cache.

For instructions on how to add an auxiliary policy to enable the cache to be
located elsewhere when SELinux is in enforcing mode, please see:

/usr/share/doc/cachefilesd-*/move-cache.txt

When the cachefilesd rpm is installed; alternatively, the document can be found
in the sources.

==================
A NOTE ON SECURITY
==================

CacheFiles makes use of the split security in the task_struct. It allocates
its own task_security structure, and redirects current->act_as to point to it
when it acts on behalf of another process, in that process's context.

The reason it does this is that it calls vfs_mkdir() and suchlike rather than
bypassing security and calling inode ops directly. Therefore the VFS and LSM
may deny the CacheFiles access to the cache data because under some
circumstances the caching code is running in the security context of whatever
process issued the original syscall on the netfs.

Furthermore, should CacheFiles create a file or directory, the security
parameters with that object is created (UID, GID, security label) would be
derived from that process that issued the system call, thus potentially
preventing other processes from accessing the cache - including CacheFiles's
cache management daemon (cachefilesd).

What is required is to temporarily override the security of the process that
issued the system call. We can't, however, just do an in-place change of the
security data as that affects the process as an object, not just as a subject.
This means it may lose signals or ptrace events for example, and affects what
the process looks like in /proc.

So CacheFiles makes use of a logical split in the security between the
objective security (task->sec) and the subjective security (task->act_as). The
objective security holds the intrinsic security properties of a process and is
never overridden. This is what appears in /proc, and is what is used when a
process is the target of an operation by some other process (SIGKILL for
example).

The subjective security holds the active security properties of a process, and
may be overridden. This is not seen externally, and is used whan a process
acts upon another object, for example SIGKILLing another process or opening a
file.

LSM hooks exist that allow SELinux (or Smack or whatever) to reject a request
for CacheFiles to run in a context of a specific security label, or to create
files and directories with another security label.

This documentation is added by the patch to:

Documentation/filesystems/caching/cachefiles.txt

Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Steve Dickson <steved@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Tested-by: Daire Byrne <Daire.Byrne@framestore.com>
9ae326a6 Fri Apr 03 09:42:41 MDT 2009 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> CacheFiles: A cache that backs onto a mounted filesystem

Add an FS-Cache cache-backend that permits a mounted filesystem to be used as a
backing store for the cache.

CacheFiles uses a userspace daemon to do some of the cache management - such as
reaping stale nodes and culling. This is called cachefilesd and lives in
/sbin. The source for the daemon can be downloaded from:

http://people.redhat.com/~dhowells/cachefs/cachefilesd.c

And an example configuration from:

http://people.redhat.com/~dhowells/cachefs/cachefilesd.conf

The filesystem and data integrity of the cache are only as good as those of the
filesystem providing the backing services. Note that CacheFiles does not
attempt to journal anything since the journalling interfaces of the various
filesystems are very specific in nature.

CacheFiles creates a misc character device - "/dev/cachefiles" - that is used
to communication with the daemon. Only one thing may have this open at once,
and whilst it is open, a cache is at least partially in existence. The daemon
opens this and sends commands down it to control the cache.

CacheFiles is currently limited to a single cache.

CacheFiles attempts to maintain at least a certain percentage of free space on
the filesystem, shrinking the cache by culling the objects it contains to make
space if necessary - see the "Cache Culling" section. This means it can be
placed on the same medium as a live set of data, and will expand to make use of
spare space and automatically contract when the set of data requires more
space.

============
REQUIREMENTS
============

The use of CacheFiles and its daemon requires the following features to be
available in the system and in the cache filesystem:

- dnotify.

- extended attributes (xattrs).

- openat() and friends.

- bmap() support on files in the filesystem (FIBMAP ioctl).

- The use of bmap() to detect a partial page at the end of the file.

It is strongly recommended that the "dir_index" option is enabled on Ext3
filesystems being used as a cache.

=============
CONFIGURATION
=============

The cache is configured by a script in /etc/cachefilesd.conf. These commands
set up cache ready for use. The following script commands are available:

(*) brun <N>%
(*) bcull <N>%
(*) bstop <N>%
(*) frun <N>%
(*) fcull <N>%
(*) fstop <N>%

Configure the culling limits. Optional. See the section on culling
The defaults are 7% (run), 5% (cull) and 1% (stop) respectively.

The commands beginning with a 'b' are file space (block) limits, those
beginning with an 'f' are file count limits.

(*) dir <path>

Specify the directory containing the root of the cache. Mandatory.

(*) tag <name>

Specify a tag to FS-Cache to use in distinguishing multiple caches.
Optional. The default is "CacheFiles".

(*) debug <mask>

Specify a numeric bitmask to control debugging in the kernel module.
Optional. The default is zero (all off). The following values can be
OR'd into the mask to collect various information:

1 Turn on trace of function entry (_enter() macros)
2 Turn on trace of function exit (_leave() macros)
4 Turn on trace of internal debug points (_debug())

This mask can also be set through sysfs, eg:

echo 5 >/sys/modules/cachefiles/parameters/debug

==================
STARTING THE CACHE
==================

The cache is started by running the daemon. The daemon opens the cache device,
configures the cache and tells it to begin caching. At that point the cache
binds to fscache and the cache becomes live.

The daemon is run as follows:

/sbin/cachefilesd [-d]* [-s] [-n] [-f <configfile>]

The flags are:

(*) -d

Increase the debugging level. This can be specified multiple times and
is cumulative with itself.

(*) -s

Send messages to stderr instead of syslog.

(*) -n

Don't daemonise and go into background.

(*) -f <configfile>

Use an alternative configuration file rather than the default one.

===============
THINGS TO AVOID
===============

Do not mount other things within the cache as this will cause problems. The
kernel module contains its own very cut-down path walking facility that ignores
mountpoints, but the daemon can't avoid them.

Do not create, rename or unlink files and directories in the cache whilst the
cache is active, as this may cause the state to become uncertain.

Renaming files in the cache might make objects appear to be other objects (the
filename is part of the lookup key).

Do not change or remove the extended attributes attached to cache files by the
cache as this will cause the cache state management to get confused.

Do not create files or directories in the cache, lest the cache get confused or
serve incorrect data.

Do not chmod files in the cache. The module creates things with minimal
permissions to prevent random users being able to access them directly.

=============
CACHE CULLING
=============

The cache may need culling occasionally to make space. This involves
discarding objects from the cache that have been used less recently than
anything else. Culling is based on the access time of data objects. Empty
directories are culled if not in use.

Cache culling is done on the basis of the percentage of blocks and the
percentage of files available in the underlying filesystem. There are six
"limits":

(*) brun
(*) frun

If the amount of free space and the number of available files in the cache
rises above both these limits, then culling is turned off.

(*) bcull
(*) fcull

If the amount of available space or the number of available files in the
cache falls below either of these limits, then culling is started.

(*) bstop
(*) fstop

If the amount of available space or the number of available files in the
cache falls below either of these limits, then no further allocation of
disk space or files is permitted until culling has raised things above
these limits again.

These must be configured thusly:

0 <= bstop < bcull < brun < 100
0 <= fstop < fcull < frun < 100

Note that these are percentages of available space and available files, and do
_not_ appear as 100 minus the percentage displayed by the "df" program.

The userspace daemon scans the cache to build up a table of cullable objects.
These are then culled in least recently used order. A new scan of the cache is
started as soon as space is made in the table. Objects will be skipped if
their atimes have changed or if the kernel module says it is still using them.

===============
CACHE STRUCTURE
===============

The CacheFiles module will create two directories in the directory it was
given:

(*) cache/

(*) graveyard/

The active cache objects all reside in the first directory. The CacheFiles
kernel module moves any retired or culled objects that it can't simply unlink
to the graveyard from which the daemon will actually delete them.

The daemon uses dnotify to monitor the graveyard directory, and will delete
anything that appears therein.

The module represents index objects as directories with the filename "I..." or
"J...". Note that the "cache/" directory is itself a special index.

Data objects are represented as files if they have no children, or directories
if they do. Their filenames all begin "D..." or "E...". If represented as a
directory, data objects will have a file in the directory called "data" that
actually holds the data.

Special objects are similar to data objects, except their filenames begin
"S..." or "T...".

If an object has children, then it will be represented as a directory.
Immediately in the representative directory are a collection of directories
named for hash values of the child object keys with an '@' prepended. Into
this directory, if possible, will be placed the representations of the child
objects:

INDEX INDEX INDEX DATA FILES
========= ========== ================================= ================
cache/@4a/I03nfs/@30/Ji000000000000000--fHg8hi8400
cache/@4a/I03nfs/@30/Ji000000000000000--fHg8hi8400/@75/Es0g000w...DB1ry
cache/@4a/I03nfs/@30/Ji000000000000000--fHg8hi8400/@75/Es0g000w...N22ry
cache/@4a/I03nfs/@30/Ji000000000000000--fHg8hi8400/@75/Es0g000w...FP1ry

If the key is so long that it exceeds NAME_MAX with the decorations added on to
it, then it will be cut into pieces, the first few of which will be used to
make a nest of directories, and the last one of which will be the objects
inside the last directory. The names of the intermediate directories will have
'+' prepended:

J1223/@23/+xy...z/+kl...m/Epqr

Note that keys are raw data, and not only may they exceed NAME_MAX in size,
they may also contain things like '/' and NUL characters, and so they may not
be suitable for turning directly into a filename.

To handle this, CacheFiles will use a suitably printable filename directly and
"base-64" encode ones that aren't directly suitable. The two versions of
object filenames indicate the encoding:

OBJECT TYPE PRINTABLE ENCODED
=============== =============== ===============
Index "I..." "J..."
Data "D..." "E..."
Special "S..." "T..."

Intermediate directories are always "@" or "+" as appropriate.

Each object in the cache has an extended attribute label that holds the object
type ID (required to distinguish special objects) and the auxiliary data from
the netfs. The latter is used to detect stale objects in the cache and update
or retire them.

Note that CacheFiles will erase from the cache any file it doesn't recognise or
any file of an incorrect type (such as a FIFO file or a device file).

==========================
SECURITY MODEL AND SELINUX
==========================

CacheFiles is implemented to deal properly with the LSM security features of
the Linux kernel and the SELinux facility.

One of the problems that CacheFiles faces is that it is generally acting on
behalf of a process, and running in that process's context, and that includes a
security context that is not appropriate for accessing the cache - either
because the files in the cache are inaccessible to that process, or because if
the process creates a file in the cache, that file may be inaccessible to other
processes.

The way CacheFiles works is to temporarily change the security context (fsuid,
fsgid and actor security label) that the process acts as - without changing the
security context of the process when it the target of an operation performed by
some other process (so signalling and suchlike still work correctly).

When the CacheFiles module is asked to bind to its cache, it:

(1) Finds the security label attached to the root cache directory and uses
that as the security label with which it will create files. By default,
this is:

cachefiles_var_t

(2) Finds the security label of the process which issued the bind request
(presumed to be the cachefilesd daemon), which by default will be:

cachefilesd_t

and asks LSM to supply a security ID as which it should act given the
daemon's label. By default, this will be:

cachefiles_kernel_t

SELinux transitions the daemon's security ID to the module's security ID
based on a rule of this form in the policy.

type_transition <daemon's-ID> kernel_t : process <module's-ID>;

For instance:

type_transition cachefilesd_t kernel_t : process cachefiles_kernel_t;

The module's security ID gives it permission to create, move and remove files
and directories in the cache, to find and access directories and files in the
cache, to set and access extended attributes on cache objects, and to read and
write files in the cache.

The daemon's security ID gives it only a very restricted set of permissions: it
may scan directories, stat files and erase files and directories. It may
not read or write files in the cache, and so it is precluded from accessing the
data cached therein; nor is it permitted to create new files in the cache.

There are policy source files available in:

http://people.redhat.com/~dhowells/fscache/cachefilesd-0.8.tar.bz2

and later versions. In that tarball, see the files:

cachefilesd.te
cachefilesd.fc
cachefilesd.if

They are built and installed directly by the RPM.

If a non-RPM based system is being used, then copy the above files to their own
directory and run:

make -f /usr/share/selinux/devel/Makefile
semodule -i cachefilesd.pp

You will need checkpolicy and selinux-policy-devel installed prior to the
build.

By default, the cache is located in /var/fscache, but if it is desirable that
it should be elsewhere, than either the above policy files must be altered, or
an auxiliary policy must be installed to label the alternate location of the
cache.

For instructions on how to add an auxiliary policy to enable the cache to be
located elsewhere when SELinux is in enforcing mode, please see:

/usr/share/doc/cachefilesd-*/move-cache.txt

When the cachefilesd rpm is installed; alternatively, the document can be found
in the sources.

==================
A NOTE ON SECURITY
==================

CacheFiles makes use of the split security in the task_struct. It allocates
its own task_security structure, and redirects current->act_as to point to it
when it acts on behalf of another process, in that process's context.

The reason it does this is that it calls vfs_mkdir() and suchlike rather than
bypassing security and calling inode ops directly. Therefore the VFS and LSM
may deny the CacheFiles access to the cache data because under some
circumstances the caching code is running in the security context of whatever
process issued the original syscall on the netfs.

Furthermore, should CacheFiles create a file or directory, the security
parameters with that object is created (UID, GID, security label) would be
derived from that process that issued the system call, thus potentially
preventing other processes from accessing the cache - including CacheFiles's
cache management daemon (cachefilesd).

What is required is to temporarily override the security of the process that
issued the system call. We can't, however, just do an in-place change of the
security data as that affects the process as an object, not just as a subject.
This means it may lose signals or ptrace events for example, and affects what
the process looks like in /proc.

So CacheFiles makes use of a logical split in the security between the
objective security (task->sec) and the subjective security (task->act_as). The
objective security holds the intrinsic security properties of a process and is
never overridden. This is what appears in /proc, and is what is used when a
process is the target of an operation by some other process (SIGKILL for
example).

The subjective security holds the active security properties of a process, and
may be overridden. This is not seen externally, and is used whan a process
acts upon another object, for example SIGKILLing another process or opening a
file.

LSM hooks exist that allow SELinux (or Smack or whatever) to reject a request
for CacheFiles to run in a context of a specific security label, or to create
files and directories with another security label.

This documentation is added by the patch to:

Documentation/filesystems/caching/cachefiles.txt

Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Steve Dickson <steved@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Acked-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Tested-by: Daire Byrne <Daire.Byrne@framestore.com>
/linux-master/fs/exportfs/
H A Dexpfs.cdiff 64343119 Mon Oct 23 12:08:01 MDT 2023 Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> exportfs: support encoding non-decodeable file handles by default

AT_HANDLE_FID was added as an API for name_to_handle_at() that request
the encoding of a file id, which is not intended to be decoded.

This file id is used by fanotify to describe objects in events.

So far, overlayfs is the only filesystem that supports encoding
non-decodeable file ids, by providing export_operations with an
->encode_fh() method and without a ->decode_fh() method.

Add support for encoding non-decodeable file ids to all the filesystems
that do not provide export_operations, by encoding a file id of type
FILEID_INO64_GEN from { i_ino, i_generation }.

A filesystem may that does not support NFS export, can opt-out of
encoding non-decodeable file ids for fanotify by defining an empty
export_operations struct (i.e. with a NULL ->encode_fh() method).

This allows the use of fanotify events with file ids on filesystems
like 9p which do not support NFS export to bring fanotify in feature
parity with inotify on those filesystems.

Note that fanotify also requires that the filesystems report a non-null
fsid. Currently, many simple filesystems that have support for inotify
(e.g. debugfs, tracefs, sysfs) report a null fsid, so can still not be
used with fanotify in file id reporting mode.

Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231023180801.2953446-5-amir73il@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
diff a528d35e Tue Jan 31 09:46:22 MST 2017 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> statx: Add a system call to make enhanced file info available

Add a system call to make extended file information available, including
file creation and some attribute flags where available through the
underlying filesystem.

The getattr inode operation is altered to take two additional arguments: a
u32 request_mask and an unsigned int flags that indicate the
synchronisation mode. This change is propagated to the vfs_getattr*()
function.

Functions like vfs_stat() are now inline wrappers around new functions
vfs_statx() and vfs_statx_fd() to reduce stack usage.

========
OVERVIEW
========

The idea was initially proposed as a set of xattrs that could be retrieved
with getxattr(), but the general preference proved to be for a new syscall
with an extended stat structure.

A number of requests were gathered for features to be included. The
following have been included:

(1) Make the fields a consistent size on all arches and make them large.

(2) Spare space, request flags and information flags are provided for
future expansion.

(3) Better support for the y2038 problem [Arnd Bergmann] (tv_sec is an
__s64).

(4) Creation time: The SMB protocol carries the creation time, which could
be exported by Samba, which will in turn help CIFS make use of
FS-Cache as that can be used for coherency data (stx_btime).

This is also specified in NFSv4 as a recommended attribute and could
be exported by NFSD [Steve French].

(5) Lightweight stat: Ask for just those details of interest, and allow a
netfs (such as NFS) to approximate anything not of interest, possibly
without going to the server [Trond Myklebust, Ulrich Drepper, Andreas
Dilger] (AT_STATX_DONT_SYNC).

(6) Heavyweight stat: Force a netfs to go to the server, even if it thinks
its cached attributes are up to date [Trond Myklebust]
(AT_STATX_FORCE_SYNC).

And the following have been left out for future extension:

(7) Data version number: Could be used by userspace NFS servers [Aneesh
Kumar].

Can also be used to modify fill_post_wcc() in NFSD which retrieves
i_version directly, but has just called vfs_getattr(). It could get
it from the kstat struct if it used vfs_xgetattr() instead.

(There's disagreement on the exact semantics of a single field, since
not all filesystems do this the same way).

(8) BSD stat compatibility: Including more fields from the BSD stat such
as creation time (st_btime) and inode generation number (st_gen)
[Jeremy Allison, Bernd Schubert].

(9) Inode generation number: Useful for FUSE and userspace NFS servers
[Bernd Schubert].

(This was asked for but later deemed unnecessary with the
open-by-handle capability available and caused disagreement as to
whether it's a security hole or not).

(10) Extra coherency data may be useful in making backups [Andreas Dilger].

(No particular data were offered, but things like last backup
timestamp, the data version number and the DOS archive bit would come
into this category).

(11) Allow the filesystem to indicate what it can/cannot provide: A
filesystem can now say it doesn't support a standard stat feature if
that isn't available, so if, for instance, inode numbers or UIDs don't
exist or are fabricated locally...

(This requires a separate system call - I have an fsinfo() call idea
for this).

(12) Store a 16-byte volume ID in the superblock that can be returned in
struct xstat [Steve French].

(Deferred to fsinfo).

(13) Include granularity fields in the time data to indicate the
granularity of each of the times (NFSv4 time_delta) [Steve French].

(Deferred to fsinfo).

(14) FS_IOC_GETFLAGS value. These could be translated to BSD's st_flags.
Note that the Linux IOC flags are a mess and filesystems such as Ext4
define flags that aren't in linux/fs.h, so translation in the kernel
may be a necessity (or, possibly, we provide the filesystem type too).

(Some attributes are made available in stx_attributes, but the general
feeling was that the IOC flags were to ext[234]-specific and shouldn't
be exposed through statx this way).

(15) Mask of features available on file (eg: ACLs, seclabel) [Brad Boyer,
Michael Kerrisk].

(Deferred, probably to fsinfo. Finding out if there's an ACL or
seclabal might require extra filesystem operations).

(16) Femtosecond-resolution timestamps [Dave Chinner].

(A __reserved field has been left in the statx_timestamp struct for
this - if there proves to be a need).

(17) A set multiple attributes syscall to go with this.

===============
NEW SYSTEM CALL
===============

The new system call is:

int ret = statx(int dfd,
const char *filename,
unsigned int flags,
unsigned int mask,
struct statx *buffer);

The dfd, filename and flags parameters indicate the file to query, in a
similar way to fstatat(). There is no equivalent of lstat() as that can be
emulated with statx() by passing AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW in flags. There is
also no equivalent of fstat() as that can be emulated by passing a NULL
filename to statx() with the fd of interest in dfd.

Whether or not statx() synchronises the attributes with the backing store
can be controlled by OR'ing a value into the flags argument (this typically
only affects network filesystems):

(1) AT_STATX_SYNC_AS_STAT tells statx() to behave as stat() does in this
respect.

(2) AT_STATX_FORCE_SYNC will require a network filesystem to synchronise
its attributes with the server - which might require data writeback to
occur to get the timestamps correct.

(3) AT_STATX_DONT_SYNC will suppress synchronisation with the server in a
network filesystem. The resulting values should be considered
approximate.

mask is a bitmask indicating the fields in struct statx that are of
interest to the caller. The user should set this to STATX_BASIC_STATS to
get the basic set returned by stat(). It should be noted that asking for
more information may entail extra I/O operations.

buffer points to the destination for the data. This must be 256 bytes in
size.

======================
MAIN ATTRIBUTES RECORD
======================

The following structures are defined in which to return the main attribute
set:

struct statx_timestamp {
__s64 tv_sec;
__s32 tv_nsec;
__s32 __reserved;
};

struct statx {
__u32 stx_mask;
__u32 stx_blksize;
__u64 stx_attributes;
__u32 stx_nlink;
__u32 stx_uid;
__u32 stx_gid;
__u16 stx_mode;
__u16 __spare0[1];
__u64 stx_ino;
__u64 stx_size;
__u64 stx_blocks;
__u64 __spare1[1];
struct statx_timestamp stx_atime;
struct statx_timestamp stx_btime;
struct statx_timestamp stx_ctime;
struct statx_timestamp stx_mtime;
__u32 stx_rdev_major;
__u32 stx_rdev_minor;
__u32 stx_dev_major;
__u32 stx_dev_minor;
__u64 __spare2[14];
};

The defined bits in request_mask and stx_mask are:

STATX_TYPE Want/got stx_mode & S_IFMT
STATX_MODE Want/got stx_mode & ~S_IFMT
STATX_NLINK Want/got stx_nlink
STATX_UID Want/got stx_uid
STATX_GID Want/got stx_gid
STATX_ATIME Want/got stx_atime{,_ns}
STATX_MTIME Want/got stx_mtime{,_ns}
STATX_CTIME Want/got stx_ctime{,_ns}
STATX_INO Want/got stx_ino
STATX_SIZE Want/got stx_size
STATX_BLOCKS Want/got stx_blocks
STATX_BASIC_STATS [The stuff in the normal stat struct]
STATX_BTIME Want/got stx_btime{,_ns}
STATX_ALL [All currently available stuff]

stx_btime is the file creation time, stx_mask is a bitmask indicating the
data provided and __spares*[] are where as-yet undefined fields can be
placed.

Time fields are structures with separate seconds and nanoseconds fields
plus a reserved field in case we want to add even finer resolution. Note
that times will be negative if before 1970; in such a case, the nanosecond
fields will also be negative if not zero.

The bits defined in the stx_attributes field convey information about a
file, how it is accessed, where it is and what it does. The following
attributes map to FS_*_FL flags and are the same numerical value:

STATX_ATTR_COMPRESSED File is compressed by the fs
STATX_ATTR_IMMUTABLE File is marked immutable
STATX_ATTR_APPEND File is append-only
STATX_ATTR_NODUMP File is not to be dumped
STATX_ATTR_ENCRYPTED File requires key to decrypt in fs

Within the kernel, the supported flags are listed by:

KSTAT_ATTR_FS_IOC_FLAGS

[Are any other IOC flags of sufficient general interest to be exposed
through this interface?]

New flags include:

STATX_ATTR_AUTOMOUNT Object is an automount trigger

These are for the use of GUI tools that might want to mark files specially,
depending on what they are.

Fields in struct statx come in a number of classes:

(0) stx_dev_*, stx_blksize.

These are local system information and are always available.

(1) stx_mode, stx_nlinks, stx_uid, stx_gid, stx_[amc]time, stx_ino,
stx_size, stx_blocks.

These will be returned whether the caller asks for them or not. The
corresponding bits in stx_mask will be set to indicate whether they
actually have valid values.

If the caller didn't ask for them, then they may be approximated. For
example, NFS won't waste any time updating them from the server,
unless as a byproduct of updating something requested.

If the values don't actually exist for the underlying object (such as
UID or GID on a DOS file), then the bit won't be set in the stx_mask,
even if the caller asked for the value. In such a case, the returned
value will be a fabrication.

Note that there are instances where the type might not be valid, for
instance Windows reparse points.

(2) stx_rdev_*.

This will be set only if stx_mode indicates we're looking at a
blockdev or a chardev, otherwise will be 0.

(3) stx_btime.

Similar to (1), except this will be set to 0 if it doesn't exist.

=======
TESTING
=======

The following test program can be used to test the statx system call:

samples/statx/test-statx.c

Just compile and run, passing it paths to the files you want to examine.
The file is built automatically if CONFIG_SAMPLES is enabled.

Here's some example output. Firstly, an NFS directory that crosses to
another FSID. Note that the AUTOMOUNT attribute is set because transiting
this directory will cause d_automount to be invoked by the VFS.

[root@andromeda ~]# /tmp/test-statx -A /warthog/data
statx(/warthog/data) = 0
results=7ff
Size: 4096 Blocks: 8 IO Block: 1048576 directory
Device: 00:26 Inode: 1703937 Links: 125
Access: (3777/drwxrwxrwx) Uid: 0 Gid: 4041
Access: 2016-11-24 09:02:12.219699527+0000
Modify: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000
Change: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000
Attributes: 0000000000001000 (-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ---m---- --------)

Secondly, the result of automounting on that directory.

[root@andromeda ~]# /tmp/test-statx /warthog/data
statx(/warthog/data) = 0
results=7ff
Size: 4096 Blocks: 8 IO Block: 1048576 directory
Device: 00:27 Inode: 2 Links: 125
Access: (3777/drwxrwxrwx) Uid: 0 Gid: 4041
Access: 2016-11-24 09:02:12.219699527+0000
Modify: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000
Change: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5c0ba4e0 Wed May 15 11:52:59 MDT 2013 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> [readdir] introduce iterate_dir() and dir_context

iterate_dir(): new helper, replacing vfs_readdir().

struct dir_context: contains the readdir callback (and will get more stuff
in it), embedded into whatever data that callback wants to deal with;
eventually, we'll be passing it to ->readdir() replacement instead of
(data,filldir) pair.

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
diff 5fe0c237 Sat Jan 29 06:13:25 MST 2011 Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com> exportfs: Return the minimum required handle size

The exportfs encode handle function should return the minimum required
handle size. This helps user to find out the handle size by passing 0
handle size in the first step and then redoing to the call again with
the returned handle size value.

Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
diff 5ca29607 Tue Jul 17 05:04:29 MDT 2007 Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org> knfsd: exportfs: remove iget abuse

When the exportfs interface was added the expectation was that filesystems
provide an operation to convert from a file handle to an inode/dentry, but it
kept a backwards compat option that still calls into iget.

Calling into iget from non-filesystem code is very bad, because it gives too
little information to filesystem, and simply crashes if the filesystem doesn't
implement the ->read_inode routine.

Fortunately there are only two filesystems left using this fallback: efs and
jfs. This patch moves a copy of export_iget to each of those to implement the
get_dentry method.

While this is a temporary increase of lines of code in the kernel it allows
for a much cleaner interface and important code restructuring in later
patches.

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: add jfs_get_inode_flags() declaration]
Signed-off-by: Dave Kleikamp <shaggy@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
/linux-master/fs/ext2/
H A Dballoc.cdiff f9bff0e3 Wed Aug 02 09:13:29 MDT 2023 Matthew Wilcox (Oracle) <willy@infradead.org> minmax: add in_range() macro

Patch series "New page table range API", v6.

This patchset changes the API used by the MM to set up page table entries.
The four APIs are:

set_ptes(mm, addr, ptep, pte, nr)
update_mmu_cache_range(vma, addr, ptep, nr)
flush_dcache_folio(folio)
flush_icache_pages(vma, page, nr)

flush_dcache_folio() isn't technically new, but no architecture
implemented it, so I've done that for them. The old APIs remain around
but are mostly implemented by calling the new interfaces.

The new APIs are based around setting up N page table entries at once.
The N entries belong to the same PMD, the same folio and the same VMA, so
ptep++ is a legitimate operation, and locking is taken care of for you.
Some architectures can do a better job of it than just a loop, but I have
hesitated to make too deep a change to architectures I don't understand
well.

One thing I have changed in every architecture is that PG_arch_1 is now a
per-folio bit instead of a per-page bit when used for dcache clean/dirty
tracking. This was something that would have to happen eventually, and it
makes sense to do it now rather than iterate over every page involved in a
cache flush and figure out if it needs to happen.

The point of all this is better performance, and Fengwei Yin has measured
improvement on x86. I suspect you'll see improvement on your architecture
too. Try the new will-it-scale test mentioned here:
https://lore.kernel.org/linux-mm/20230206140639.538867-5-fengwei.yin@intel.com/
You'll need to run it on an XFS filesystem and have
CONFIG_TRANSPARENT_HUGEPAGE set.

This patchset is the basis for much of the anonymous large folio work
being done by Ryan, so it's received quite a lot of testing over the last
few months.


This patch (of 38):

Determine if a value lies within a range more efficiently (subtraction +
comparison vs two comparisons and an AND). It also has useful (under some
circumstances) behaviour if the range exceeds the maximum value of the
type. Convert all the conflicting definitions of in_range() within the
kernel; some can use the generic definition while others need their own
definition.

Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20230802151406.3735276-1-willy@infradead.org
Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20230802151406.3735276-2-willy@infradead.org
Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox (Oracle) <willy@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
diff 9bc6fc33 Tue Aug 15 05:26:12 MDT 2023 Ye Bin <yebin10@huawei.com> ext2: dump current reservation window info

There's report BUG in 'ext2_try_to_allocate_with_rsv()', although there's
now dump of all reservation windows information. But there's unknown which
window is being processed.So this is not helpful for locating the issue.
To better analyze the problem, dump the information about reservation window
that is being processed. And just bail with error instead of BUG here.

Signed-off-by: Ye Bin <yebin10@huawei.com>
Message-Id: <20230815112612.221145-5-yebin10@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
diff 355b9aae Mon Nov 04 04:40:36 MST 2019 Chengguang Xu <cgxu519@mykernel.net> ext2: fix improper function comment

Just fix a improper function comment.

Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20191104114036.9893-5-cgxu519@mykernel.net
Signed-off-by: Chengguang Xu <cgxu519@mykernel.net>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license

Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.

By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.

Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.

This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.

How this work was done:

Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,

Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.

The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.

The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).

All documentation files were explicitly excluded.

The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.

- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.

For non */uapi/* files that summary was:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139

and resulted in the first patch in this series.

If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930

and resulted in the second patch in this series.

- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1

and that resulted in the third patch in this series.

- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).

- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.

- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).

- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.

In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.

Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.

In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.

Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct

This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.

These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.

Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license

Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.

By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.

Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.

This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.

How this work was done:

Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,

Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.

The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.

The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).

All documentation files were explicitly excluded.

The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.

- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.

For non */uapi/* files that summary was:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139

and resulted in the first patch in this series.

If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930

and resulted in the second patch in this series.

- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1

and that resulted in the third patch in this series.

- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).

- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.

- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).

- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.

In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.

Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.

In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.

Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct

This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.

These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.

Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license

Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.

By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.

Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.

This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.

How this work was done:

Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,

Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.

The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.

The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).

All documentation files were explicitly excluded.

The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.

- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.

For non */uapi/* files that summary was:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139

and resulted in the first patch in this series.

If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930

and resulted in the second patch in this series.

- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1

and that resulted in the third patch in this series.

- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).

- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.

- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).

- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.

In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.

Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.

In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.

Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct

This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.

These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.

Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5a0e3ad6 Wed Mar 24 02:04:11 MDT 2010 Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h

percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being
included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which
in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files
universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies.

percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for
this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those
headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion
needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is
used as the basis of conversion.

http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py

The script does the followings.

* Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that
only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used,
gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h.

* When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include
blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms
to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains
core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered -
alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there
doesn't seem to be any matching order.

* If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly
because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out
an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the
file.

The conversion was done in the following steps.

1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly
over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h
and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400
files.

2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion,
some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or
embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added
inclusions to around 150 files.

3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits
from #2 to make sure no file was left behind.

4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed.
e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab
APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually.

5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically
editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h
files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h
inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually
wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each
slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as
necessary.

6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h.

7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures
were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my
distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few
more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things
build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq).

* x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config.
* powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig
* sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig
* ia64 SMP allmodconfig
* s390 SMP allmodconfig
* alpha SMP allmodconfig
* um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig

8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as
a separate patch and serve as bisection point.

Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step
6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch.
If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch
headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of
the specific arch.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
diff 5a0e3ad6 Wed Mar 24 02:04:11 MDT 2010 Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h

percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being
included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which
in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files
universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies.

percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for
this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those
headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion
needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is
used as the basis of conversion.

http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py

The script does the followings.

* Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that
only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used,
gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h.

* When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include
blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms
to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains
core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered -
alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there
doesn't seem to be any matching order.

* If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly
because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out
an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the
file.

The conversion was done in the following steps.

1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly
over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h
and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400
files.

2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion,
some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or
embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added
inclusions to around 150 files.

3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits
from #2 to make sure no file was left behind.

4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed.
e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab
APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually.

5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically
editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h
files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h
inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually
wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each
slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as
necessary.

6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h.

7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures
were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my
distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few
more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things
build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq).

* x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config.
* powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig
* sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig
* ia64 SMP allmodconfig
* s390 SMP allmodconfig
* alpha SMP allmodconfig
* um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig

8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as
a separate patch and serve as bisection point.

Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step
6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch.
If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch
headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of
the specific arch.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
/linux-master/fs/ext4/
H A Dialloc.cdiff 1df9bde4 Tue Feb 21 13:30:27 MST 2023 Kemeng Shi <shikemeng@huaweicloud.com> ext4: remove unused group parameter in ext4_block_bitmap_csum_set

Remove unused group parameter in ext4_block_bitmap_csum_set. After this,
group parameter in ext4_set_bitmap_checksums is also not used, just
remove it too.

Signed-off-by: Kemeng Shi <shikemeng@huaweicloud.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230221203027.2359920-5-shikemeng@huaweicloud.com
Signed-off-by: Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu>
diff 5f3e2403 Sat Oct 08 06:05:18 MDT 2022 changfengnan <changfengnan@bytedance.com> ext4: split ext4_journal_start trace for debug

we might want to know why jbd2 thread using high io for detail,
split ext4_journal_start trace to ext4_journal_start_sb and
ext4_journal_start_inode, show ino and handle type when possible.

Signed-off-by: changfengnan <changfengnan@bytedance.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221008120518.74870-1-changfengnan@bytedance.com
Signed-off-by: Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu>
diff db998553 Sat Mar 20 06:26:24 MDT 2021 Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> fs: introduce two inode i_{u,g}id initialization helpers

Give filesystem two little helpers that do the right thing when
initializing the i_uid and i_gid fields on idmapped and non-idmapped
mounts. Filesystems shouldn't have to be concerned with too many
details.

Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210320122623.599086-5-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com
Inspired-by: Vivek Goyal <vgoyal@redhat.com>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
diff 14f3db55 Thu Jan 21 06:19:57 MST 2021 Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> ext4: support idmapped mounts

Enable idmapped mounts for ext4. All dedicated helpers we need for this
exist. So this basically just means we're passing down the
user_namespace argument from the VFS methods to the relevant helpers.

Let's create simple example where we idmap an ext4 filesystem:

root@f2-vm:~# truncate -s 5G ext4.img

root@f2-vm:~# mkfs.ext4 ./ext4.img
mke2fs 1.45.5 (07-Jan-2020)
Discarding device blocks: done
Creating filesystem with 1310720 4k blocks and 327680 inodes
Filesystem UUID: 3fd91794-c6ca-4b0f-9964-289a000919cf
Superblock backups stored on blocks:
32768, 98304, 163840, 229376, 294912, 819200, 884736

Allocating group tables: done
Writing inode tables: done
Creating journal (16384 blocks): done
Writing superblocks and filesystem accounting information: done

root@f2-vm:~# losetup -f --show ./ext4.img
/dev/loop0

root@f2-vm:~# mount /dev/loop0 /mnt

root@f2-vm:~# ls -al /mnt/
total 24
drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:34 .
drwxr-xr-x 30 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:22 ..
drwx------ 2 root root 16384 Oct 28 13:34 lost+found

# Let's create an idmapped mount at /idmapped1 where we map uid and gid
# 0 to uid and gid 1000
root@f2-vm:/# ./mount-idmapped --map-mount b:0:1000:1 /mnt/ /idmapped1/

root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /idmapped1/
total 24
drwxr-xr-x 3 ubuntu ubuntu 4096 Oct 28 13:34 .
drwxr-xr-x 30 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:22 ..
drwx------ 2 ubuntu ubuntu 16384 Oct 28 13:34 lost+found

# Let's create an idmapped mount at /idmapped2 where we map uid and gid
# 0 to uid and gid 2000
root@f2-vm:/# ./mount-idmapped --map-mount b:0:2000:1 /mnt/ /idmapped2/

root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /idmapped2/
total 24
drwxr-xr-x 3 2000 2000 4096 Oct 28 13:34 .
drwxr-xr-x 31 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:39 ..
drwx------ 2 2000 2000 16384 Oct 28 13:34 lost+found

Let's create another example where we idmap the rootfs filesystem
without a mapping for uid 0 and gid 0:

# Create an idmapped mount of for a full POSIX range of rootfs under
# /mnt but without a mapping for uid 0 to reduce attack surface

root@f2-vm:/# ./mount-idmapped --map-mount b:1:1:65536 / /mnt/

# Since we don't have a mapping for uid and gid 0 all files owned by
# uid and gid 0 should show up as uid and gid 65534:
root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /mnt/
total 664
drwxr-xr-x 31 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:39 .
drwxr-xr-x 31 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:39 ..
lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 7 Aug 25 07:44 bin -> usr/bin
drwxr-xr-x 4 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:17 boot
drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:48 dev
drwxr-xr-x 81 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 04:00 etc
drwxr-xr-x 4 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 04:00 home
lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 7 Aug 25 07:44 lib -> usr/lib
lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 9 Aug 25 07:44 lib32 -> usr/lib32
lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 9 Aug 25 07:44 lib64 -> usr/lib64
lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 10 Aug 25 07:44 libx32 -> usr/libx32
drwx------ 2 nobody nogroup 16384 Aug 25 07:47 lost+found
drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:44 media
drwxr-xr-x 31 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:39 mnt
drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:44 opt
drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Apr 15 2020 proc
drwx--x--x 6 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:34 root
drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:46 run
lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 8 Aug 25 07:44 sbin -> usr/sbin
drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:44 srv
drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Apr 15 2020 sys
drwxrwxrwt 10 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:19 tmp
drwxr-xr-x 14 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 20 13:00 usr
drwxr-xr-x 12 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:45 var

# Since we do have a mapping for uid and gid 1000 all files owned by
# uid and gid 1000 should simply show up as uid and gid 1000:
root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /mnt/home/ubuntu/
total 40
drwxr-xr-x 3 ubuntu ubuntu 4096 Oct 28 00:43 .
drwxr-xr-x 4 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 04:00 ..
-rw------- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 2936 Oct 28 12:26 .bash_history
-rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 220 Feb 25 2020 .bash_logout
-rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 3771 Feb 25 2020 .bashrc
-rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 807 Feb 25 2020 .profile
-rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 0 Oct 16 16:11 .sudo_as_admin_successful
-rw------- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 1144 Oct 28 00:43 .viminfo

Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-39-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: linux-ext4@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
diff 14f3db55 Thu Jan 21 06:19:57 MST 2021 Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com> ext4: support idmapped mounts

Enable idmapped mounts for ext4. All dedicated helpers we need for this
exist. So this basically just means we're passing down the
user_namespace argument from the VFS methods to the relevant helpers.

Let's create simple example where we idmap an ext4 filesystem:

root@f2-vm:~# truncate -s 5G ext4.img

root@f2-vm:~# mkfs.ext4 ./ext4.img
mke2fs 1.45.5 (07-Jan-2020)
Discarding device blocks: done
Creating filesystem with 1310720 4k blocks and 327680 inodes
Filesystem UUID: 3fd91794-c6ca-4b0f-9964-289a000919cf
Superblock backups stored on blocks:
32768, 98304, 163840, 229376, 294912, 819200, 884736

Allocating group tables: done
Writing inode tables: done
Creating journal (16384 blocks): done
Writing superblocks and filesystem accounting information: done

root@f2-vm:~# losetup -f --show ./ext4.img
/dev/loop0

root@f2-vm:~# mount /dev/loop0 /mnt

root@f2-vm:~# ls -al /mnt/
total 24
drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:34 .
drwxr-xr-x 30 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:22 ..
drwx------ 2 root root 16384 Oct 28 13:34 lost+found

# Let's create an idmapped mount at /idmapped1 where we map uid and gid
# 0 to uid and gid 1000
root@f2-vm:/# ./mount-idmapped --map-mount b:0:1000:1 /mnt/ /idmapped1/

root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /idmapped1/
total 24
drwxr-xr-x 3 ubuntu ubuntu 4096 Oct 28 13:34 .
drwxr-xr-x 30 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:22 ..
drwx------ 2 ubuntu ubuntu 16384 Oct 28 13:34 lost+found

# Let's create an idmapped mount at /idmapped2 where we map uid and gid
# 0 to uid and gid 2000
root@f2-vm:/# ./mount-idmapped --map-mount b:0:2000:1 /mnt/ /idmapped2/

root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /idmapped2/
total 24
drwxr-xr-x 3 2000 2000 4096 Oct 28 13:34 .
drwxr-xr-x 31 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:39 ..
drwx------ 2 2000 2000 16384 Oct 28 13:34 lost+found

Let's create another example where we idmap the rootfs filesystem
without a mapping for uid 0 and gid 0:

# Create an idmapped mount of for a full POSIX range of rootfs under
# /mnt but without a mapping for uid 0 to reduce attack surface

root@f2-vm:/# ./mount-idmapped --map-mount b:1:1:65536 / /mnt/

# Since we don't have a mapping for uid and gid 0 all files owned by
# uid and gid 0 should show up as uid and gid 65534:
root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /mnt/
total 664
drwxr-xr-x 31 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:39 .
drwxr-xr-x 31 root root 4096 Oct 28 13:39 ..
lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 7 Aug 25 07:44 bin -> usr/bin
drwxr-xr-x 4 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:17 boot
drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:48 dev
drwxr-xr-x 81 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 04:00 etc
drwxr-xr-x 4 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 04:00 home
lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 7 Aug 25 07:44 lib -> usr/lib
lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 9 Aug 25 07:44 lib32 -> usr/lib32
lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 9 Aug 25 07:44 lib64 -> usr/lib64
lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 10 Aug 25 07:44 libx32 -> usr/libx32
drwx------ 2 nobody nogroup 16384 Aug 25 07:47 lost+found
drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:44 media
drwxr-xr-x 31 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:39 mnt
drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:44 opt
drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Apr 15 2020 proc
drwx--x--x 6 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:34 root
drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:46 run
lrwxrwxrwx 1 nobody nogroup 8 Aug 25 07:44 sbin -> usr/sbin
drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:44 srv
drwxr-xr-x 2 nobody nogroup 4096 Apr 15 2020 sys
drwxrwxrwt 10 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 13:19 tmp
drwxr-xr-x 14 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 20 13:00 usr
drwxr-xr-x 12 nobody nogroup 4096 Aug 25 07:45 var

# Since we do have a mapping for uid and gid 1000 all files owned by
# uid and gid 1000 should simply show up as uid and gid 1000:
root@f2-vm:/# ls -al /mnt/home/ubuntu/
total 40
drwxr-xr-x 3 ubuntu ubuntu 4096 Oct 28 00:43 .
drwxr-xr-x 4 nobody nogroup 4096 Oct 28 04:00 ..
-rw------- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 2936 Oct 28 12:26 .bash_history
-rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 220 Feb 25 2020 .bash_logout
-rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 3771 Feb 25 2020 .bashrc
-rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 807 Feb 25 2020 .profile
-rw-r--r-- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 0 Oct 16 16:11 .sudo_as_admin_successful
-rw------- 1 ubuntu ubuntu 1144 Oct 28 00:43 .viminfo

Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210121131959.646623-39-christian.brauner@ubuntu.com
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: linux-ext4@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <christian.brauner@ubuntu.com>
diff a17a9d93 Mon Apr 13 20:30:52 MDT 2020 Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu> ext4: increase wait time needed before reuse of deleted inode numbers

Current wait times have proven to be too short to protect against inode
reuses that lead to metadata inconsistencies.

Now that we will retry the inode allocation if we can't find any
recently deleted inodes, it's a lot safer to increase the recently
deleted time from 5 seconds to a minute.

Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200414023925.273867-1-tytso@mit.edu
Google-Bug-Id: 36602237
Signed-off-by: Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu>
diff d05466b2 Wed Mar 18 06:13:17 MDT 2020 Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> ext4: avoid ENOSPC when avoiding to reuse recently deleted inodes

When ext4 is running on a filesystem without a journal, it tries not to
reuse recently deleted inodes to provide better chances for filesystem
recovery in case of crash. However this logic forbids reuse of freed
inodes for up to 5 minutes and especially for filesystems with smaller
number of inodes can lead to ENOSPC errors returned when allocating new
inodes.

Fix the problem by allowing to reuse recently deleted inode if there's
no other inode free in the scanned range.

Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200318121317.31941-1-jack@suse.cz
Signed-off-by: Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu>
diff 5ef2a699 Tue Jul 31 22:02:31 MDT 2018 Wang Shilong <wshilong@ddn.com> ext4: use ext4_warning() for sb_getblk failure

Out of memory should not be considered as critical errors; so replace
ext4_error() with ext4_warnig().

Signed-off-by: Wang Shilong <wshilong@ddn.com>
Signed-off-by: Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
diff 95582b00 Tue May 08 20:36:02 MDT 2018 Deepa Dinamani <deepa.kernel@gmail.com> vfs: change inode times to use struct timespec64

struct timespec is not y2038 safe. Transition vfs to use
y2038 safe struct timespec64 instead.

The change was made with the help of the following cocinelle
script. This catches about 80% of the changes.
All the header file and logic changes are included in the
first 5 rules. The rest are trivial substitutions.
I avoid changing any of the function signatures or any other
filesystem specific data structures to keep the patch simple
for review.

The script can be a little shorter by combining different cases.
But, this version was sufficient for my usecase.

virtual patch

@ depends on patch @
identifier now;
@@
- struct timespec
+ struct timespec64
current_time ( ... )
{
- struct timespec now = current_kernel_time();
+ struct timespec64 now = current_kernel_time64();
...
- return timespec_trunc(
+ return timespec64_trunc(
... );
}

@ depends on patch @
identifier xtime;
@@
struct \( iattr \| inode \| kstat \) {
...
- struct timespec xtime;
+ struct timespec64 xtime;
...
}

@ depends on patch @
identifier t;
@@
struct inode_operations {
...
int (*update_time) (...,
- struct timespec t,
+ struct timespec64 t,
...);
...
}

@ depends on patch @
identifier t;
identifier fn_update_time =~ "update_time$";
@@
fn_update_time (...,
- struct timespec *t,
+ struct timespec64 *t,
...) { ... }

@ depends on patch @
identifier t;
@@
lease_get_mtime( ... ,
- struct timespec *t
+ struct timespec64 *t
) { ... }

@te depends on patch forall@
identifier ts;
local idexpression struct inode *inode_node;
identifier i_xtime =~ "^i_[acm]time$";
identifier ia_xtime =~ "^ia_[acm]time$";
identifier fn_update_time =~ "update_time$";
identifier fn;
expression e, E3;
local idexpression struct inode *node1;
local idexpression struct inode *node2;
local idexpression struct iattr *attr1;
local idexpression struct iattr *attr2;
local idexpression struct iattr attr;
identifier i_xtime1 =~ "^i_[acm]time$";
identifier i_xtime2 =~ "^i_[acm]time$";
identifier ia_xtime1 =~ "^ia_[acm]time$";
identifier ia_xtime2 =~ "^ia_[acm]time$";
@@
(
(
- struct timespec ts;
+ struct timespec64 ts;
|
- struct timespec ts = current_time(inode_node);
+ struct timespec64 ts = current_time(inode_node);
)

<+... when != ts
(
- timespec_equal(&inode_node->i_xtime, &ts)
+ timespec64_equal(&inode_node->i_xtime, &ts)
|
- timespec_equal(&ts, &inode_node->i_xtime)
+ timespec64_equal(&ts, &inode_node->i_xtime)
|
- timespec_compare(&inode_node->i_xtime, &ts)
+ timespec64_compare(&inode_node->i_xtime, &ts)
|
- timespec_compare(&ts, &inode_node->i_xtime)
+ timespec64_compare(&ts, &inode_node->i_xtime)
|
ts = current_time(e)
|
fn_update_time(..., &ts,...)
|
inode_node->i_xtime = ts
|
node1->i_xtime = ts
|
ts = inode_node->i_xtime
|
<+... attr1->ia_xtime ...+> = ts
|
ts = attr1->ia_xtime
|
ts.tv_sec
|
ts.tv_nsec
|
btrfs_set_stack_timespec_sec(..., ts.tv_sec)
|
btrfs_set_stack_timespec_nsec(..., ts.tv_nsec)
|
- ts = timespec64_to_timespec(
+ ts =
...
-)
|
- ts = ktime_to_timespec(
+ ts = ktime_to_timespec64(
...)
|
- ts = E3
+ ts = timespec_to_timespec64(E3)
|
- ktime_get_real_ts(&ts)
+ ktime_get_real_ts64(&ts)
|
fn(...,
- ts
+ timespec64_to_timespec(ts)
,...)
)
...+>
(
<... when != ts
- return ts;
+ return timespec64_to_timespec(ts);
...>
)
|
- timespec_equal(&node1->i_xtime1, &node2->i_xtime2)
+ timespec64_equal(&node1->i_xtime2, &node2->i_xtime2)
|
- timespec_equal(&node1->i_xtime1, &attr2->ia_xtime2)
+ timespec64_equal(&node1->i_xtime2, &attr2->ia_xtime2)
|
- timespec_compare(&node1->i_xtime1, &node2->i_xtime2)
+ timespec64_compare(&node1->i_xtime1, &node2->i_xtime2)
|
node1->i_xtime1 =
- timespec_trunc(attr1->ia_xtime1,
+ timespec64_trunc(attr1->ia_xtime1,
...)
|
- attr1->ia_xtime1 = timespec_trunc(attr2->ia_xtime2,
+ attr1->ia_xtime1 = timespec64_trunc(attr2->ia_xtime2,
...)
|
- ktime_get_real_ts(&attr1->ia_xtime1)
+ ktime_get_real_ts64(&attr1->ia_xtime1)
|
- ktime_get_real_ts(&attr.ia_xtime1)
+ ktime_get_real_ts64(&attr.ia_xtime1)
)

@ depends on patch @
struct inode *node;
struct iattr *attr;
identifier fn;
identifier i_xtime =~ "^i_[acm]time$";
identifier ia_xtime =~ "^ia_[acm]time$";
expression e;
@@
(
- fn(node->i_xtime);
+ fn(timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime));
|
fn(...,
- node->i_xtime);
+ timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime));
|
- e = fn(attr->ia_xtime);
+ e = fn(timespec64_to_timespec(attr->ia_xtime));
)

@ depends on patch forall @
struct inode *node;
struct iattr *attr;
identifier i_xtime =~ "^i_[acm]time$";
identifier ia_xtime =~ "^ia_[acm]time$";
identifier fn;
@@
{
+ struct timespec ts;
<+...
(
+ ts = timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime);
fn (...,
- &node->i_xtime,
+ &ts,
...);
|
+ ts = timespec64_to_timespec(attr->ia_xtime);
fn (...,
- &attr->ia_xtime,
+ &ts,
...);
)
...+>
}

@ depends on patch forall @
struct inode *node;
struct iattr *attr;
struct kstat *stat;
identifier ia_xtime =~ "^ia_[acm]time$";
identifier i_xtime =~ "^i_[acm]time$";
identifier xtime =~ "^[acm]time$";
identifier fn, ret;
@@
{
+ struct timespec ts;
<+...
(
+ ts = timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime);
ret = fn (...,
- &node->i_xtime,
+ &ts,
...);
|
+ ts = timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime);
ret = fn (...,
- &node->i_xtime);
+ &ts);
|
+ ts = timespec64_to_timespec(attr->ia_xtime);
ret = fn (...,
- &attr->ia_xtime,
+ &ts,
...);
|
+ ts = timespec64_to_timespec(attr->ia_xtime);
ret = fn (...,
- &attr->ia_xtime);
+ &ts);
|
+ ts = timespec64_to_timespec(stat->xtime);
ret = fn (...,
- &stat->xtime);
+ &ts);
)
...+>
}

@ depends on patch @
struct inode *node;
struct inode *node2;
identifier i_xtime1 =~ "^i_[acm]time$";
identifier i_xtime2 =~ "^i_[acm]time$";
identifier i_xtime3 =~ "^i_[acm]time$";
struct iattr *attrp;
struct iattr *attrp2;
struct iattr attr ;
identifier ia_xtime1 =~ "^ia_[acm]time$";
identifier ia_xtime2 =~ "^ia_[acm]time$";
struct kstat *stat;
struct kstat stat1;
struct timespec64 ts;
identifier xtime =~ "^[acmb]time$";
expression e;
@@
(
( node->i_xtime2 \| attrp->ia_xtime2 \| attr.ia_xtime2 \) = node->i_xtime1 ;
|
node->i_xtime2 = \( node2->i_xtime1 \| timespec64_trunc(...) \);
|
node->i_xtime2 = node->i_xtime1 = node->i_xtime3 = \(ts \| current_time(...) \);
|
node->i_xtime1 = node->i_xtime3 = \(ts \| current_time(...) \);
|
stat->xtime = node2->i_xtime1;
|
stat1.xtime = node2->i_xtime1;
|
( node->i_xtime2 \| attrp->ia_xtime2 \) = attrp->ia_xtime1 ;
|
( attrp->ia_xtime1 \| attr.ia_xtime1 \) = attrp2->ia_xtime2;
|
- e = node->i_xtime1;
+ e = timespec64_to_timespec( node->i_xtime1 );
|
- e = attrp->ia_xtime1;
+ e = timespec64_to_timespec( attrp->ia_xtime1 );
|
node->i_xtime1 = current_time(...);
|
node->i_xtime2 = node->i_xtime1 = node->i_xtime3 =
- e;
+ timespec_to_timespec64(e);
|
node->i_xtime1 = node->i_xtime3 =
- e;
+ timespec_to_timespec64(e);
|
- node->i_xtime1 = e;
+ node->i_xtime1 = timespec_to_timespec64(e);
)

Signed-off-by: Deepa Dinamani <deepa.kernel@gmail.com>
Cc: <anton@tuxera.com>
Cc: <balbi@kernel.org>
Cc: <bfields@fieldses.org>
Cc: <darrick.wong@oracle.com>
Cc: <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: <dsterba@suse.com>
Cc: <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Cc: <hch@lst.de>
Cc: <hirofumi@mail.parknet.co.jp>
Cc: <hubcap@omnibond.com>
Cc: <jack@suse.com>
Cc: <jaegeuk@kernel.org>
Cc: <jaharkes@cs.cmu.edu>
Cc: <jslaby@suse.com>
Cc: <keescook@chromium.org>
Cc: <mark@fasheh.com>
Cc: <miklos@szeredi.hu>
Cc: <nico@linaro.org>
Cc: <reiserfs-devel@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: <richard@nod.at>
Cc: <sage@redhat.com>
Cc: <sfrench@samba.org>
Cc: <swhiteho@redhat.com>
Cc: <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Cc: <tytso@mit.edu>
Cc: <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license

Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.

By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.

Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.

This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.

How this work was done:

Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,

Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.

The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.

The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).

All documentation files were explicitly excluded.

The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.

- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.

For non */uapi/* files that summary was:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139

and resulted in the first patch in this series.

If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930

and resulted in the second patch in this series.

- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1

and that resulted in the third patch in this series.

- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).

- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.

- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).

- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.

In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.

Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.

In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.

Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct

This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.

These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.

Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license

Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.

By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.

Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.

This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.

How this work was done:

Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,

Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.

The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.

The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).

All documentation files were explicitly excluded.

The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.

- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.

For non */uapi/* files that summary was:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139

and resulted in the first patch in this series.

If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930

and resulted in the second patch in this series.

- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1

and that resulted in the third patch in this series.

- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).

- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.

- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).

- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.

In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.

Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.

In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.

Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct

This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.

These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.

Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license

Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.

By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.

Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.

This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.

How this work was done:

Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,

Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.

The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.

The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).

All documentation files were explicitly excluded.

The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.

- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.

For non */uapi/* files that summary was:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139

and resulted in the first patch in this series.

If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930

and resulted in the second patch in this series.

- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1

and that resulted in the third patch in this series.

- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).

- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.

- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).

- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.

In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.

Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.

In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.

Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct

This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.

These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.

Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
/linux-master/fs/gfs2/
H A Dinode.cdiff 5ebb29be Thu Jan 12 16:49:16 MST 2023 Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> fs: port ->mknod() to pass mnt_idmap

Convert to struct mnt_idmap.

Last cycle we merged the necessary infrastructure in
256c8aed2b42 ("fs: introduce dedicated idmap type for mounts").
This is just the conversion to struct mnt_idmap.

Currently we still pass around the plain namespace that was attached to a
mount. This is in general pretty convenient but it makes it easy to
conflate namespaces that are relevant on the filesystem with namespaces
that are relevent on the mount level. Especially for non-vfs developers
without detailed knowledge in this area this can be a potential source for
bugs.

Once the conversion to struct mnt_idmap is done all helpers down to the
really low-level helpers will take a struct mnt_idmap argument instead of
two namespace arguments. This way it becomes impossible to conflate the two
eliminating the possibility of any bugs. All of the vfs and all filesystems
only operate on struct mnt_idmap.

Acked-by: Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner (Microsoft) <brauner@kernel.org>
diff 5f6e13ba Mon Nov 29 02:50:41 MST 2021 Andreas Gruenbacher <agruenba@redhat.com> gfs2: gfs2_inode_lookup rework

Rework gfs2_inode_lookup() to only set up the new inode's glocks after
verifying that the new inode is valid.

There is no need for flushing the inode glock work queue anymore now,
so remove that as well.

While at it, get rid of the useless wrapper around iget5_locked() and
its unnecessary is_bad_inode() check.

Signed-off-by: Andreas Gruenbacher <agruenba@redhat.com>
diff 10c5db28 Sat May 23 01:30:11 MDT 2020 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> fs: move the fiemap definitions out of fs.h

No need to pull the fiemap definitions into almost every file in the
kernel build.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Ritesh Harjani <riteshh@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Darrick J. Wong <darrick.wong@oracle.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200523073016.2944131-5-hch@lst.de
Signed-off-by: Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu>
diff a528d35e Tue Jan 31 09:46:22 MST 2017 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> statx: Add a system call to make enhanced file info available

Add a system call to make extended file information available, including
file creation and some attribute flags where available through the
underlying filesystem.

The getattr inode operation is altered to take two additional arguments: a
u32 request_mask and an unsigned int flags that indicate the
synchronisation mode. This change is propagated to the vfs_getattr*()
function.

Functions like vfs_stat() are now inline wrappers around new functions
vfs_statx() and vfs_statx_fd() to reduce stack usage.

========
OVERVIEW
========

The idea was initially proposed as a set of xattrs that could be retrieved
with getxattr(), but the general preference proved to be for a new syscall
with an extended stat structure.

A number of requests were gathered for features to be included. The
following have been included:

(1) Make the fields a consistent size on all arches and make them large.

(2) Spare space, request flags and information flags are provided for
future expansion.

(3) Better support for the y2038 problem [Arnd Bergmann] (tv_sec is an
__s64).

(4) Creation time: The SMB protocol carries the creation time, which could
be exported by Samba, which will in turn help CIFS make use of
FS-Cache as that can be used for coherency data (stx_btime).

This is also specified in NFSv4 as a recommended attribute and could
be exported by NFSD [Steve French].

(5) Lightweight stat: Ask for just those details of interest, and allow a
netfs (such as NFS) to approximate anything not of interest, possibly
without going to the server [Trond Myklebust, Ulrich Drepper, Andreas
Dilger] (AT_STATX_DONT_SYNC).

(6) Heavyweight stat: Force a netfs to go to the server, even if it thinks
its cached attributes are up to date [Trond Myklebust]
(AT_STATX_FORCE_SYNC).

And the following have been left out for future extension:

(7) Data version number: Could be used by userspace NFS servers [Aneesh
Kumar].

Can also be used to modify fill_post_wcc() in NFSD which retrieves
i_version directly, but has just called vfs_getattr(). It could get
it from the kstat struct if it used vfs_xgetattr() instead.

(There's disagreement on the exact semantics of a single field, since
not all filesystems do this the same way).

(8) BSD stat compatibility: Including more fields from the BSD stat such
as creation time (st_btime) and inode generation number (st_gen)
[Jeremy Allison, Bernd Schubert].

(9) Inode generation number: Useful for FUSE and userspace NFS servers
[Bernd Schubert].

(This was asked for but later deemed unnecessary with the
open-by-handle capability available and caused disagreement as to
whether it's a security hole or not).

(10) Extra coherency data may be useful in making backups [Andreas Dilger].

(No particular data were offered, but things like last backup
timestamp, the data version number and the DOS archive bit would come
into this category).

(11) Allow the filesystem to indicate what it can/cannot provide: A
filesystem can now say it doesn't support a standard stat feature if
that isn't available, so if, for instance, inode numbers or UIDs don't
exist or are fabricated locally...

(This requires a separate system call - I have an fsinfo() call idea
for this).

(12) Store a 16-byte volume ID in the superblock that can be returned in
struct xstat [Steve French].

(Deferred to fsinfo).

(13) Include granularity fields in the time data to indicate the
granularity of each of the times (NFSv4 time_delta) [Steve French].

(Deferred to fsinfo).

(14) FS_IOC_GETFLAGS value. These could be translated to BSD's st_flags.
Note that the Linux IOC flags are a mess and filesystems such as Ext4
define flags that aren't in linux/fs.h, so translation in the kernel
may be a necessity (or, possibly, we provide the filesystem type too).

(Some attributes are made available in stx_attributes, but the general
feeling was that the IOC flags were to ext[234]-specific and shouldn't
be exposed through statx this way).

(15) Mask of features available on file (eg: ACLs, seclabel) [Brad Boyer,
Michael Kerrisk].

(Deferred, probably to fsinfo. Finding out if there's an ACL or
seclabal might require extra filesystem operations).

(16) Femtosecond-resolution timestamps [Dave Chinner].

(A __reserved field has been left in the statx_timestamp struct for
this - if there proves to be a need).

(17) A set multiple attributes syscall to go with this.

===============
NEW SYSTEM CALL
===============

The new system call is:

int ret = statx(int dfd,
const char *filename,
unsigned int flags,
unsigned int mask,
struct statx *buffer);

The dfd, filename and flags parameters indicate the file to query, in a
similar way to fstatat(). There is no equivalent of lstat() as that can be
emulated with statx() by passing AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW in flags. There is
also no equivalent of fstat() as that can be emulated by passing a NULL
filename to statx() with the fd of interest in dfd.

Whether or not statx() synchronises the attributes with the backing store
can be controlled by OR'ing a value into the flags argument (this typically
only affects network filesystems):

(1) AT_STATX_SYNC_AS_STAT tells statx() to behave as stat() does in this
respect.

(2) AT_STATX_FORCE_SYNC will require a network filesystem to synchronise
its attributes with the server - which might require data writeback to
occur to get the timestamps correct.

(3) AT_STATX_DONT_SYNC will suppress synchronisation with the server in a
network filesystem. The resulting values should be considered
approximate.

mask is a bitmask indicating the fields in struct statx that are of
interest to the caller. The user should set this to STATX_BASIC_STATS to
get the basic set returned by stat(). It should be noted that asking for
more information may entail extra I/O operations.

buffer points to the destination for the data. This must be 256 bytes in
size.

======================
MAIN ATTRIBUTES RECORD
======================

The following structures are defined in which to return the main attribute
set:

struct statx_timestamp {
__s64 tv_sec;
__s32 tv_nsec;
__s32 __reserved;
};

struct statx {
__u32 stx_mask;
__u32 stx_blksize;
__u64 stx_attributes;
__u32 stx_nlink;
__u32 stx_uid;
__u32 stx_gid;
__u16 stx_mode;
__u16 __spare0[1];
__u64 stx_ino;
__u64 stx_size;
__u64 stx_blocks;
__u64 __spare1[1];
struct statx_timestamp stx_atime;
struct statx_timestamp stx_btime;
struct statx_timestamp stx_ctime;
struct statx_timestamp stx_mtime;
__u32 stx_rdev_major;
__u32 stx_rdev_minor;
__u32 stx_dev_major;
__u32 stx_dev_minor;
__u64 __spare2[14];
};

The defined bits in request_mask and stx_mask are:

STATX_TYPE Want/got stx_mode & S_IFMT
STATX_MODE Want/got stx_mode & ~S_IFMT
STATX_NLINK Want/got stx_nlink
STATX_UID Want/got stx_uid
STATX_GID Want/got stx_gid
STATX_ATIME Want/got stx_atime{,_ns}
STATX_MTIME Want/got stx_mtime{,_ns}
STATX_CTIME Want/got stx_ctime{,_ns}
STATX_INO Want/got stx_ino
STATX_SIZE Want/got stx_size
STATX_BLOCKS Want/got stx_blocks
STATX_BASIC_STATS [The stuff in the normal stat struct]
STATX_BTIME Want/got stx_btime{,_ns}
STATX_ALL [All currently available stuff]

stx_btime is the file creation time, stx_mask is a bitmask indicating the
data provided and __spares*[] are where as-yet undefined fields can be
placed.

Time fields are structures with separate seconds and nanoseconds fields
plus a reserved field in case we want to add even finer resolution. Note
that times will be negative if before 1970; in such a case, the nanosecond
fields will also be negative if not zero.

The bits defined in the stx_attributes field convey information about a
file, how it is accessed, where it is and what it does. The following
attributes map to FS_*_FL flags and are the same numerical value:

STATX_ATTR_COMPRESSED File is compressed by the fs
STATX_ATTR_IMMUTABLE File is marked immutable
STATX_ATTR_APPEND File is append-only
STATX_ATTR_NODUMP File is not to be dumped
STATX_ATTR_ENCRYPTED File requires key to decrypt in fs

Within the kernel, the supported flags are listed by:

KSTAT_ATTR_FS_IOC_FLAGS

[Are any other IOC flags of sufficient general interest to be exposed
through this interface?]

New flags include:

STATX_ATTR_AUTOMOUNT Object is an automount trigger

These are for the use of GUI tools that might want to mark files specially,
depending on what they are.

Fields in struct statx come in a number of classes:

(0) stx_dev_*, stx_blksize.

These are local system information and are always available.

(1) stx_mode, stx_nlinks, stx_uid, stx_gid, stx_[amc]time, stx_ino,
stx_size, stx_blocks.

These will be returned whether the caller asks for them or not. The
corresponding bits in stx_mask will be set to indicate whether they
actually have valid values.

If the caller didn't ask for them, then they may be approximated. For
example, NFS won't waste any time updating them from the server,
unless as a byproduct of updating something requested.

If the values don't actually exist for the underlying object (such as
UID or GID on a DOS file), then the bit won't be set in the stx_mask,
even if the caller asked for the value. In such a case, the returned
value will be a fabrication.

Note that there are instances where the type might not be valid, for
instance Windows reparse points.

(2) stx_rdev_*.

This will be set only if stx_mode indicates we're looking at a
blockdev or a chardev, otherwise will be 0.

(3) stx_btime.

Similar to (1), except this will be set to 0 if it doesn't exist.

=======
TESTING
=======

The following test program can be used to test the statx system call:

samples/statx/test-statx.c

Just compile and run, passing it paths to the files you want to examine.
The file is built automatically if CONFIG_SAMPLES is enabled.

Here's some example output. Firstly, an NFS directory that crosses to
another FSID. Note that the AUTOMOUNT attribute is set because transiting
this directory will cause d_automount to be invoked by the VFS.

[root@andromeda ~]# /tmp/test-statx -A /warthog/data
statx(/warthog/data) = 0
results=7ff
Size: 4096 Blocks: 8 IO Block: 1048576 directory
Device: 00:26 Inode: 1703937 Links: 125
Access: (3777/drwxrwxrwx) Uid: 0 Gid: 4041
Access: 2016-11-24 09:02:12.219699527+0000
Modify: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000
Change: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000
Attributes: 0000000000001000 (-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ---m---- --------)

Secondly, the result of automounting on that directory.

[root@andromeda ~]# /tmp/test-statx /warthog/data
statx(/warthog/data) = 0
results=7ff
Size: 4096 Blocks: 8 IO Block: 1048576 directory
Device: 00:27 Inode: 2 Links: 125
Access: (3777/drwxrwxrwx) Uid: 0 Gid: 4041
Access: 2016-11-24 09:02:12.219699527+0000
Modify: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000
Change: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000

Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5ca1db41 Mon Sep 23 06:21:04 MDT 2013 Miklos Szeredi <miklos@szeredi.hu> GFS2: fix dentry leaks

We need to dput() the result of d_splice_alias(), unless it is passed to
finish_no_open().

Edited by Steven Whitehouse in order to make it apply to the current
GFS2 git tree, and taking account of a prerequisite patch which hasn't
been applied.

Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
diff 5a00f3cc Tue Jun 11 06:45:29 MDT 2013 Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com> GFS2: Only do one directory search on create

Creation of a new inode requires a directory search in order to ensure
that we are not trying to create an inode with the same name as an
existing one. This was hidden away inside the create_ok() function.

In the case that there was an existing inode, and a lookup can be
substituted for a create (which is the case with regular files
when the O_EXCL flag is not in use) then we were doing a second
lookup in order to return the inode.

This patch merges these two lookups into one. This can be done by
passing a flag to gfs2_dir_search() to tell it to just return -EEXIST
in the cases where we don't actually want to look up the inode.

Signed-off-by: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com>
diff 5e2f7d61 Wed Apr 04 20:11:16 MDT 2012 Bob Peterson <rpeterso@redhat.com> GFS2: Make sure rindex is uptodate before starting transactions

This patch removes the call from gfs2_blk2rgrd to function
gfs2_rindex_update and replaces it with individual calls.
The former way turned out to be too problematic.

Signed-off-by: Bob Peterson <rpeterso@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com>
diff 4f56110a Wed Nov 01 12:04:17 MST 2006 Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com> [GFS2] Shrink gfs2_inode (5) - di_nlink

Remove the di_nlink field in favour of inode->i_nlink and
update the nlink handling to use the proper macros. This
saves 4 bytes.

Signed-off-by: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com>
H A Dsys.cdiff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5e687eac Tue May 04 13:29:16 MDT 2010 Benjamin Marzinski <bmarzins@redhat.com> GFS2: Various gfs2_logd improvements

This patch contains various tweaks to how log flushes and active item writeback
work. gfs2_logd is now managed by a waitqueue, and gfs2_log_reseve now waits
for gfs2_logd to do the log flushing. Multiple functions were rewritten to
remove the need to call gfs2_log_lock(). Instead of using one test to see if
gfs2_logd had work to do, there are now seperate tests to check if there
are two many buffers in the incore log or if there are two many items on the
active items list.

This patch is a port of a patch Steve Whitehouse wrote about a year ago, with
some minor changes. Since gfs2_ail1_start always submits all the active items,
it no longer needs to keep track of the first ai submitted, so this has been
removed. In gfs2_log_reserve(), the order of the calls to
prepare_to_wait_exclusive() and wake_up() when firing off the logd thread has
been switched. If it called wake_up first there was a small window for a race,
where logd could run and return before gfs2_log_reserve was ready to get woken
up. If gfs2_logd ran, but did not free up enough blocks, gfs2_log_reserve()
would be left waiting for gfs2_logd to eventualy run because it timed out.
Finally, gt_logd_secs, which controls how long to wait before gfs2_logd times
out, and flushes the log, can now be set on mount with ar_commit.

Signed-off-by: Benjamin Marzinski <bmarzins@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com>
diff 5a0e3ad6 Wed Mar 24 02:04:11 MDT 2010 Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h

percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being
included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which
in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files
universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies.

percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for
this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those
headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion
needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is
used as the basis of conversion.

http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py

The script does the followings.

* Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that
only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used,
gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h.

* When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include
blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms
to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains
core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered -
alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there
doesn't seem to be any matching order.

* If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly
because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out
an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the
file.

The conversion was done in the following steps.

1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly
over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h
and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400
files.

2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion,
some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or
embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added
inclusions to around 150 files.

3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits
from #2 to make sure no file was left behind.

4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed.
e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab
APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually.

5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically
editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h
files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h
inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually
wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each
slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as
necessary.

6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h.

7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures
were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my
distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few
more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things
build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq).

* x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config.
* powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig
* sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig
* ia64 SMP allmodconfig
* s390 SMP allmodconfig
* alpha SMP allmodconfig
* um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig

8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as
a separate patch and serve as bisection point.

Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step
6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch.
If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch
headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of
the specific arch.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
diff 5a0e3ad6 Wed Mar 24 02:04:11 MDT 2010 Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h

percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being
included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which
in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files
universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies.

percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for
this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those
headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion
needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is
used as the basis of conversion.

http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py

The script does the followings.

* Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that
only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used,
gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h.

* When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include
blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms
to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains
core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered -
alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there
doesn't seem to be any matching order.

* If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly
because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out
an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the
file.

The conversion was done in the following steps.

1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly
over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h
and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400
files.

2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion,
some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or
embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added
inclusions to around 150 files.

3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits
from #2 to make sure no file was left behind.

4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed.
e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab
APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually.

5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically
editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h
files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h
inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually
wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each
slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as
necessary.

6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h.

7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures
were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my
distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few
more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things
build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq).

* x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config.
* powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig
* sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig
* ia64 SMP allmodconfig
* s390 SMP allmodconfig
* alpha SMP allmodconfig
* um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig

8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as
a separate patch and serve as bisection point.

Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step
6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch.
If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch
headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of
the specific arch.

Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
diff 5fb324ad Tue Feb 16 01:44:52 MST 2010 Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org> quota: move code from sync_quota_sb into vfs_quota_sync

Currenly sync_quota_sb does a lot of sync and truncate action that only
applies to "VFS" style quotas and is actively harmful for the sync
performance in XFS. Move it into vfs_quota_sync and add a wait parameter
to ->quota_sync to tell if we need it or not.

My audit of the GFS2 code says it's also not needed given the way GFS2
implements quotas, but I'd be happy if this can get a detailed review.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
diff 1bdad606 Tue Jun 03 07:09:53 MDT 2008 Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com> [GFS2] Remove remote lock dropping code

There are several reasons why this is undesirable:

1. It never happens during normal operation anyway
2. If it does happen it causes performance to be very, very poor
3. It isn't likely to solve the original problem (memory shortage
on remote DLM node) it was supposed to solve
4. It uses a bunch of arbitrary constants which are unlikely to be
correct for any particular situation and for which the tuning seems
to be a black art.
5. In an N node cluster, only 1/N of the dropped locked will actually
contribute to solving the problem on average.

So all in all we are better off without it. This also makes merging
the lock_dlm module into GFS2 a bit easier.

Signed-off-by: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com>
diff 3699e3a4 Wed Jan 17 08:09:20 MST 2007 Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com> [GFS2] Clean up/speed up readdir

This removes the extra filldir callback which gfs2 was using to
enclose an attempt at readahead for inodes during readdir. The
code was too complicated and also hurts performance badly in the
case that the getdents64/readdir call isn't being followed by
stat() and it wasn't even getting it right all the time when it
was.

As a result, on my test box an "ls" of a directory containing 250000
files fell from about 7mins (freshly mounted, so nothing cached) to
between about 15 to 25 seconds. When the directory content was cached,
the time taken fell from about 3mins to about 4 or 5 seconds.

Interestingly in the cached case, running "ls -l" once reduced the time
taken for subsequent runs of "ls" to about 6 secs even without this
patch. Now it turns out that there was a special case of glocks being
used for prefetching the metadata, but because of the timeouts for these
locks (set to 10 secs) the metadata was being timed out before it was
being used and this the prefetch code was constantly trying to prefetch
the same data over and over.

Calling "ls -l" meant that the inodes were brought into memory and once
the inodes are cached, the glocks are not disposed of until the inodes
are pushed out of the cache, thus extending the lifetime of the glocks,
and thus bringing down the time for subsequent runs of "ls"
considerably.

Signed-off-by: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com>
diff 5c676f6d Mon Feb 27 15:23:27 MST 2006 Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com> [GFS2] Macros removal in gfs2.h

As suggested by Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>.

The DIV_RU macro is renamed DIV_ROUND_UP and and moved to kernel.h
The other macros are gone from gfs2.h as (although not requested
by Pekka Enberg) are a number of included header file which are now
included individually. The inode number comparison function is
now an inline function.

The DT2IF and IF2DT may be addressed in a future patch.

Signed-off-by: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com>
/linux-master/fs/hfs/
H A Dinode.cdiff 5bef9151 Fri Jun 29 17:36:57 MDT 2018 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> new helper: inode_fake_hash()

open-coded in a quite a few places...

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
diff 95582b00 Tue May 08 20:36:02 MDT 2018 Deepa Dinamani <deepa.kernel@gmail.com> vfs: change inode times to use struct timespec64

struct timespec is not y2038 safe. Transition vfs to use
y2038 safe struct timespec64 instead.

The change was made with the help of the following cocinelle
script. This catches about 80% of the changes.
All the header file and logic changes are included in the
first 5 rules. The rest are trivial substitutions.
I avoid changing any of the function signatures or any other
filesystem specific data structures to keep the patch simple
for review.

The script can be a little shorter by combining different cases.
But, this version was sufficient for my usecase.

virtual patch

@ depends on patch @
identifier now;
@@
- struct timespec
+ struct timespec64
current_time ( ... )
{
- struct timespec now = current_kernel_time();
+ struct timespec64 now = current_kernel_time64();
...
- return timespec_trunc(
+ return timespec64_trunc(
... );
}

@ depends on patch @
identifier xtime;
@@
struct \( iattr \| inode \| kstat \) {
...
- struct timespec xtime;
+ struct timespec64 xtime;
...
}

@ depends on patch @
identifier t;
@@
struct inode_operations {
...
int (*update_time) (...,
- struct timespec t,
+ struct timespec64 t,
...);
...
}

@ depends on patch @
identifier t;
identifier fn_update_time =~ "update_time$";
@@
fn_update_time (...,
- struct timespec *t,
+ struct timespec64 *t,
...) { ... }

@ depends on patch @
identifier t;
@@
lease_get_mtime( ... ,
- struct timespec *t
+ struct timespec64 *t
) { ... }

@te depends on patch forall@
identifier ts;
local idexpression struct inode *inode_node;
identifier i_xtime =~ "^i_[acm]time$";
identifier ia_xtime =~ "^ia_[acm]time$";
identifier fn_update_time =~ "update_time$";
identifier fn;
expression e, E3;
local idexpression struct inode *node1;
local idexpression struct inode *node2;
local idexpression struct iattr *attr1;
local idexpression struct iattr *attr2;
local idexpression struct iattr attr;
identifier i_xtime1 =~ "^i_[acm]time$";
identifier i_xtime2 =~ "^i_[acm]time$";
identifier ia_xtime1 =~ "^ia_[acm]time$";
identifier ia_xtime2 =~ "^ia_[acm]time$";
@@
(
(
- struct timespec ts;
+ struct timespec64 ts;
|
- struct timespec ts = current_time(inode_node);
+ struct timespec64 ts = current_time(inode_node);
)

<+... when != ts
(
- timespec_equal(&inode_node->i_xtime, &ts)
+ timespec64_equal(&inode_node->i_xtime, &ts)
|
- timespec_equal(&ts, &inode_node->i_xtime)
+ timespec64_equal(&ts, &inode_node->i_xtime)
|
- timespec_compare(&inode_node->i_xtime, &ts)
+ timespec64_compare(&inode_node->i_xtime, &ts)
|
- timespec_compare(&ts, &inode_node->i_xtime)
+ timespec64_compare(&ts, &inode_node->i_xtime)
|
ts = current_time(e)
|
fn_update_time(..., &ts,...)
|
inode_node->i_xtime = ts
|
node1->i_xtime = ts
|
ts = inode_node->i_xtime
|
<+... attr1->ia_xtime ...+> = ts
|
ts = attr1->ia_xtime
|
ts.tv_sec
|
ts.tv_nsec
|
btrfs_set_stack_timespec_sec(..., ts.tv_sec)
|
btrfs_set_stack_timespec_nsec(..., ts.tv_nsec)
|
- ts = timespec64_to_timespec(
+ ts =
...
-)
|
- ts = ktime_to_timespec(
+ ts = ktime_to_timespec64(
...)
|
- ts = E3
+ ts = timespec_to_timespec64(E3)
|
- ktime_get_real_ts(&ts)
+ ktime_get_real_ts64(&ts)
|
fn(...,
- ts
+ timespec64_to_timespec(ts)
,...)
)
...+>
(
<... when != ts
- return ts;
+ return timespec64_to_timespec(ts);
...>
)
|
- timespec_equal(&node1->i_xtime1, &node2->i_xtime2)
+ timespec64_equal(&node1->i_xtime2, &node2->i_xtime2)
|
- timespec_equal(&node1->i_xtime1, &attr2->ia_xtime2)
+ timespec64_equal(&node1->i_xtime2, &attr2->ia_xtime2)
|
- timespec_compare(&node1->i_xtime1, &node2->i_xtime2)
+ timespec64_compare(&node1->i_xtime1, &node2->i_xtime2)
|
node1->i_xtime1 =
- timespec_trunc(attr1->ia_xtime1,
+ timespec64_trunc(attr1->ia_xtime1,
...)
|
- attr1->ia_xtime1 = timespec_trunc(attr2->ia_xtime2,
+ attr1->ia_xtime1 = timespec64_trunc(attr2->ia_xtime2,
...)
|
- ktime_get_real_ts(&attr1->ia_xtime1)
+ ktime_get_real_ts64(&attr1->ia_xtime1)
|
- ktime_get_real_ts(&attr.ia_xtime1)
+ ktime_get_real_ts64(&attr.ia_xtime1)
)

@ depends on patch @
struct inode *node;
struct iattr *attr;
identifier fn;
identifier i_xtime =~ "^i_[acm]time$";
identifier ia_xtime =~ "^ia_[acm]time$";
expression e;
@@
(
- fn(node->i_xtime);
+ fn(timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime));
|
fn(...,
- node->i_xtime);
+ timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime));
|
- e = fn(attr->ia_xtime);
+ e = fn(timespec64_to_timespec(attr->ia_xtime));
)

@ depends on patch forall @
struct inode *node;
struct iattr *attr;
identifier i_xtime =~ "^i_[acm]time$";
identifier ia_xtime =~ "^ia_[acm]time$";
identifier fn;
@@
{
+ struct timespec ts;
<+...
(
+ ts = timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime);
fn (...,
- &node->i_xtime,
+ &ts,
...);
|
+ ts = timespec64_to_timespec(attr->ia_xtime);
fn (...,
- &attr->ia_xtime,
+ &ts,
...);
)
...+>
}

@ depends on patch forall @
struct inode *node;
struct iattr *attr;
struct kstat *stat;
identifier ia_xtime =~ "^ia_[acm]time$";
identifier i_xtime =~ "^i_[acm]time$";
identifier xtime =~ "^[acm]time$";
identifier fn, ret;
@@
{
+ struct timespec ts;
<+...
(
+ ts = timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime);
ret = fn (...,
- &node->i_xtime,
+ &ts,
...);
|
+ ts = timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime);
ret = fn (...,
- &node->i_xtime);
+ &ts);
|
+ ts = timespec64_to_timespec(attr->ia_xtime);
ret = fn (...,
- &attr->ia_xtime,
+ &ts,
...);
|
+ ts = timespec64_to_timespec(attr->ia_xtime);
ret = fn (...,
- &attr->ia_xtime);
+ &ts);
|
+ ts = timespec64_to_timespec(stat->xtime);
ret = fn (...,
- &stat->xtime);
+ &ts);
)
...+>
}

@ depends on patch @
struct inode *node;
struct inode *node2;
identifier i_xtime1 =~ "^i_[acm]time$";
identifier i_xtime2 =~ "^i_[acm]time$";
identifier i_xtime3 =~ "^i_[acm]time$";
struct iattr *attrp;
struct iattr *attrp2;
struct iattr attr ;
identifier ia_xtime1 =~ "^ia_[acm]time$";
identifier ia_xtime2 =~ "^ia_[acm]time$";
struct kstat *stat;
struct kstat stat1;
struct timespec64 ts;
identifier xtime =~ "^[acmb]time$";
expression e;
@@
(
( node->i_xtime2 \| attrp->ia_xtime2 \| attr.ia_xtime2 \) = node->i_xtime1 ;
|
node->i_xtime2 = \( node2->i_xtime1 \| timespec64_trunc(...) \);
|
node->i_xtime2 = node->i_xtime1 = node->i_xtime3 = \(ts \| current_time(...) \);
|
node->i_xtime1 = node->i_xtime3 = \(ts \| current_time(...) \);
|
stat->xtime = node2->i_xtime1;
|
stat1.xtime = node2->i_xtime1;
|
( node->i_xtime2 \| attrp->ia_xtime2 \) = attrp->ia_xtime1 ;
|
( attrp->ia_xtime1 \| attr.ia_xtime1 \) = attrp2->ia_xtime2;
|
- e = node->i_xtime1;
+ e = timespec64_to_timespec( node->i_xtime1 );
|
- e = attrp->ia_xtime1;
+ e = timespec64_to_timespec( attrp->ia_xtime1 );
|
node->i_xtime1 = current_time(...);
|
node->i_xtime2 = node->i_xtime1 = node->i_xtime3 =
- e;
+ timespec_to_timespec64(e);
|
node->i_xtime1 = node->i_xtime3 =
- e;
+ timespec_to_timespec64(e);
|
- node->i_xtime1 = e;
+ node->i_xtime1 = timespec_to_timespec64(e);
)

Signed-off-by: Deepa Dinamani <deepa.kernel@gmail.com>
Cc: <anton@tuxera.com>
Cc: <balbi@kernel.org>
Cc: <bfields@fieldses.org>
Cc: <darrick.wong@oracle.com>
Cc: <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: <dsterba@suse.com>
Cc: <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Cc: <hch@lst.de>
Cc: <hirofumi@mail.parknet.co.jp>
Cc: <hubcap@omnibond.com>
Cc: <jack@suse.com>
Cc: <jaegeuk@kernel.org>
Cc: <jaharkes@cs.cmu.edu>
Cc: <jslaby@suse.com>
Cc: <keescook@chromium.org>
Cc: <mark@fasheh.com>
Cc: <miklos@szeredi.hu>
Cc: <nico@linaro.org>
Cc: <reiserfs-devel@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: <richard@nod.at>
Cc: <sage@redhat.com>
Cc: <sfrench@samba.org>
Cc: <swhiteho@redhat.com>
Cc: <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Cc: <tytso@mit.edu>
Cc: <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5d5d5689 Fri Apr 03 13:41:18 MDT 2015 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> make new_sync_{read,write}() static

All places outside of core VFS that checked ->read and ->write for being NULL or
called the methods directly are gone now, so NULL {read,write} with non-NULL
{read,write}_iter will do the right thing in all cases.

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
diff 5687b578 Thu Jul 12 08:28:49 MDT 2012 Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com> hfs: get rid of hfs_sync_super

This patch makes hfs stop using the VFS '->write_super()' method along with
the 's_dirt' superblock flag, because they are on their way out.

The whole "superblock write-out" VFS infrastructure is served by the
'sync_supers()' kernel thread, which wakes up every 5 (by default) seconds and
writes out all dirty superblocks using the '->write_super()' call-back. But the
problem with this thread is that it wastes power by waking up the system every
5 seconds, even if there are no diry superblocks, or there are no client
file-systems which would need this (e.g., btrfs does not use
'->write_super()'). So we want to kill it completely and thus, we need to make
file-systems to stop using the '->write_super()' VFS service, and then remove
it together with the kernel thread.

Tested using fsstress from the LTP project.

Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
diff 5687b578 Thu Jul 12 08:28:49 MDT 2012 Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com> hfs: get rid of hfs_sync_super

This patch makes hfs stop using the VFS '->write_super()' method along with
the 's_dirt' superblock flag, because they are on their way out.

The whole "superblock write-out" VFS infrastructure is served by the
'sync_supers()' kernel thread, which wakes up every 5 (by default) seconds and
writes out all dirty superblocks using the '->write_super()' call-back. But the
problem with this thread is that it wastes power by waking up the system every
5 seconds, even if there are no diry superblocks, or there are no client
file-systems which would need this (e.g., btrfs does not use
'->write_super()'). So we want to kill it completely and thus, we need to make
file-systems to stop using the '->write_super()' VFS service, and then remove
it together with the kernel thread.

Tested using fsstress from the LTP project.

Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
diff 5ffc4ef4 Fri Jun 01 03:49:19 MDT 2007 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> sendfile: remove .sendfile from filesystems that use generic_file_sendfile()

They can use generic_file_splice_read() instead. Since sys_sendfile() now
prefers that, there should be no change in behaviour.

Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
/linux-master/fs/hfsplus/
H A Dinode.cdiff 12f9b9a7 Fri Dec 02 03:26:41 MST 2022 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> hfsplus: remove ->writepage

->writepage is a very inefficient method to write back data, and only
used through write_cache_pages or a a fallback when no ->migrate_folio
method is present.

Set ->migrate_folio to the generic buffer_head based helper, and stop
wiring up ->writepage for hfsplus_aops.

Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20221202102644.770505-5-hch@lst.de
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Acked-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
diff 95582b00 Tue May 08 20:36:02 MDT 2018 Deepa Dinamani <deepa.kernel@gmail.com> vfs: change inode times to use struct timespec64

struct timespec is not y2038 safe. Transition vfs to use
y2038 safe struct timespec64 instead.

The change was made with the help of the following cocinelle
script. This catches about 80% of the changes.
All the header file and logic changes are included in the
first 5 rules. The rest are trivial substitutions.
I avoid changing any of the function signatures or any other
filesystem specific data structures to keep the patch simple
for review.

The script can be a little shorter by combining different cases.
But, this version was sufficient for my usecase.

virtual patch

@ depends on patch @
identifier now;
@@
- struct timespec
+ struct timespec64
current_time ( ... )
{
- struct timespec now = current_kernel_time();
+ struct timespec64 now = current_kernel_time64();
...
- return timespec_trunc(
+ return timespec64_trunc(
... );
}

@ depends on patch @
identifier xtime;
@@
struct \( iattr \| inode \| kstat \) {
...
- struct timespec xtime;
+ struct timespec64 xtime;
...
}

@ depends on patch @
identifier t;
@@
struct inode_operations {
...
int (*update_time) (...,
- struct timespec t,
+ struct timespec64 t,
...);
...
}

@ depends on patch @
identifier t;
identifier fn_update_time =~ "update_time$";
@@
fn_update_time (...,
- struct timespec *t,
+ struct timespec64 *t,
...) { ... }

@ depends on patch @
identifier t;
@@
lease_get_mtime( ... ,
- struct timespec *t
+ struct timespec64 *t
) { ... }

@te depends on patch forall@
identifier ts;
local idexpression struct inode *inode_node;
identifier i_xtime =~ "^i_[acm]time$";
identifier ia_xtime =~ "^ia_[acm]time$";
identifier fn_update_time =~ "update_time$";
identifier fn;
expression e, E3;
local idexpression struct inode *node1;
local idexpression struct inode *node2;
local idexpression struct iattr *attr1;
local idexpression struct iattr *attr2;
local idexpression struct iattr attr;
identifier i_xtime1 =~ "^i_[acm]time$";
identifier i_xtime2 =~ "^i_[acm]time$";
identifier ia_xtime1 =~ "^ia_[acm]time$";
identifier ia_xtime2 =~ "^ia_[acm]time$";
@@
(
(
- struct timespec ts;
+ struct timespec64 ts;
|
- struct timespec ts = current_time(inode_node);
+ struct timespec64 ts = current_time(inode_node);
)

<+... when != ts
(
- timespec_equal(&inode_node->i_xtime, &ts)
+ timespec64_equal(&inode_node->i_xtime, &ts)
|
- timespec_equal(&ts, &inode_node->i_xtime)
+ timespec64_equal(&ts, &inode_node->i_xtime)
|
- timespec_compare(&inode_node->i_xtime, &ts)
+ timespec64_compare(&inode_node->i_xtime, &ts)
|
- timespec_compare(&ts, &inode_node->i_xtime)
+ timespec64_compare(&ts, &inode_node->i_xtime)
|
ts = current_time(e)
|
fn_update_time(..., &ts,...)
|
inode_node->i_xtime = ts
|
node1->i_xtime = ts
|
ts = inode_node->i_xtime
|
<+... attr1->ia_xtime ...+> = ts
|
ts = attr1->ia_xtime
|
ts.tv_sec
|
ts.tv_nsec
|
btrfs_set_stack_timespec_sec(..., ts.tv_sec)
|
btrfs_set_stack_timespec_nsec(..., ts.tv_nsec)
|
- ts = timespec64_to_timespec(
+ ts =
...
-)
|
- ts = ktime_to_timespec(
+ ts = ktime_to_timespec64(
...)
|
- ts = E3
+ ts = timespec_to_timespec64(E3)
|
- ktime_get_real_ts(&ts)
+ ktime_get_real_ts64(&ts)
|
fn(...,
- ts
+ timespec64_to_timespec(ts)
,...)
)
...+>
(
<... when != ts
- return ts;
+ return timespec64_to_timespec(ts);
...>
)
|
- timespec_equal(&node1->i_xtime1, &node2->i_xtime2)
+ timespec64_equal(&node1->i_xtime2, &node2->i_xtime2)
|
- timespec_equal(&node1->i_xtime1, &attr2->ia_xtime2)
+ timespec64_equal(&node1->i_xtime2, &attr2->ia_xtime2)
|
- timespec_compare(&node1->i_xtime1, &node2->i_xtime2)
+ timespec64_compare(&node1->i_xtime1, &node2->i_xtime2)
|
node1->i_xtime1 =
- timespec_trunc(attr1->ia_xtime1,
+ timespec64_trunc(attr1->ia_xtime1,
...)
|
- attr1->ia_xtime1 = timespec_trunc(attr2->ia_xtime2,
+ attr1->ia_xtime1 = timespec64_trunc(attr2->ia_xtime2,
...)
|
- ktime_get_real_ts(&attr1->ia_xtime1)
+ ktime_get_real_ts64(&attr1->ia_xtime1)
|
- ktime_get_real_ts(&attr.ia_xtime1)
+ ktime_get_real_ts64(&attr.ia_xtime1)
)

@ depends on patch @
struct inode *node;
struct iattr *attr;
identifier fn;
identifier i_xtime =~ "^i_[acm]time$";
identifier ia_xtime =~ "^ia_[acm]time$";
expression e;
@@
(
- fn(node->i_xtime);
+ fn(timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime));
|
fn(...,
- node->i_xtime);
+ timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime));
|
- e = fn(attr->ia_xtime);
+ e = fn(timespec64_to_timespec(attr->ia_xtime));
)

@ depends on patch forall @
struct inode *node;
struct iattr *attr;
identifier i_xtime =~ "^i_[acm]time$";
identifier ia_xtime =~ "^ia_[acm]time$";
identifier fn;
@@
{
+ struct timespec ts;
<+...
(
+ ts = timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime);
fn (...,
- &node->i_xtime,
+ &ts,
...);
|
+ ts = timespec64_to_timespec(attr->ia_xtime);
fn (...,
- &attr->ia_xtime,
+ &ts,
...);
)
...+>
}

@ depends on patch forall @
struct inode *node;
struct iattr *attr;
struct kstat *stat;
identifier ia_xtime =~ "^ia_[acm]time$";
identifier i_xtime =~ "^i_[acm]time$";
identifier xtime =~ "^[acm]time$";
identifier fn, ret;
@@
{
+ struct timespec ts;
<+...
(
+ ts = timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime);
ret = fn (...,
- &node->i_xtime,
+ &ts,
...);
|
+ ts = timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime);
ret = fn (...,
- &node->i_xtime);
+ &ts);
|
+ ts = timespec64_to_timespec(attr->ia_xtime);
ret = fn (...,
- &attr->ia_xtime,
+ &ts,
...);
|
+ ts = timespec64_to_timespec(attr->ia_xtime);
ret = fn (...,
- &attr->ia_xtime);
+ &ts);
|
+ ts = timespec64_to_timespec(stat->xtime);
ret = fn (...,
- &stat->xtime);
+ &ts);
)
...+>
}

@ depends on patch @
struct inode *node;
struct inode *node2;
identifier i_xtime1 =~ "^i_[acm]time$";
identifier i_xtime2 =~ "^i_[acm]time$";
identifier i_xtime3 =~ "^i_[acm]time$";
struct iattr *attrp;
struct iattr *attrp2;
struct iattr attr ;
identifier ia_xtime1 =~ "^ia_[acm]time$";
identifier ia_xtime2 =~ "^ia_[acm]time$";
struct kstat *stat;
struct kstat stat1;
struct timespec64 ts;
identifier xtime =~ "^[acmb]time$";
expression e;
@@
(
( node->i_xtime2 \| attrp->ia_xtime2 \| attr.ia_xtime2 \) = node->i_xtime1 ;
|
node->i_xtime2 = \( node2->i_xtime1 \| timespec64_trunc(...) \);
|
node->i_xtime2 = node->i_xtime1 = node->i_xtime3 = \(ts \| current_time(...) \);
|
node->i_xtime1 = node->i_xtime3 = \(ts \| current_time(...) \);
|
stat->xtime = node2->i_xtime1;
|
stat1.xtime = node2->i_xtime1;
|
( node->i_xtime2 \| attrp->ia_xtime2 \) = attrp->ia_xtime1 ;
|
( attrp->ia_xtime1 \| attr.ia_xtime1 \) = attrp2->ia_xtime2;
|
- e = node->i_xtime1;
+ e = timespec64_to_timespec( node->i_xtime1 );
|
- e = attrp->ia_xtime1;
+ e = timespec64_to_timespec( attrp->ia_xtime1 );
|
node->i_xtime1 = current_time(...);
|
node->i_xtime2 = node->i_xtime1 = node->i_xtime3 =
- e;
+ timespec_to_timespec64(e);
|
node->i_xtime1 = node->i_xtime3 =
- e;
+ timespec_to_timespec64(e);
|
- node->i_xtime1 = e;
+ node->i_xtime1 = timespec_to_timespec64(e);
)

Signed-off-by: Deepa Dinamani <deepa.kernel@gmail.com>
Cc: <anton@tuxera.com>
Cc: <balbi@kernel.org>
Cc: <bfields@fieldses.org>
Cc: <darrick.wong@oracle.com>
Cc: <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: <dsterba@suse.com>
Cc: <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Cc: <hch@lst.de>
Cc: <hirofumi@mail.parknet.co.jp>
Cc: <hubcap@omnibond.com>
Cc: <jack@suse.com>
Cc: <jaegeuk@kernel.org>
Cc: <jaharkes@cs.cmu.edu>
Cc: <jslaby@suse.com>
Cc: <keescook@chromium.org>
Cc: <mark@fasheh.com>
Cc: <miklos@szeredi.hu>
Cc: <nico@linaro.org>
Cc: <reiserfs-devel@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: <richard@nod.at>
Cc: <sage@redhat.com>
Cc: <sfrench@samba.org>
Cc: <swhiteho@redhat.com>
Cc: <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Cc: <tytso@mit.edu>
Cc: <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license

Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.

By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.

Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.

This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.

How this work was done:

Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,

Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.

The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.

The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).

All documentation files were explicitly excluded.

The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.

- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.

For non */uapi/* files that summary was:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139

and resulted in the first patch in this series.

If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930

and resulted in the second patch in this series.

- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1

and that resulted in the third patch in this series.

- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).

- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.

- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).

- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.

In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.

Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.

In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.

Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct

This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.

These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.

Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license

Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.

By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.

Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.

This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.

How this work was done:

Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,

Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.

The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.

The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).

All documentation files were explicitly excluded.

The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.

- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.

For non */uapi/* files that summary was:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139

and resulted in the first patch in this series.

If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930

and resulted in the second patch in this series.

- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1

and that resulted in the third patch in this series.

- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).

- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.

- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).

- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.

In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.

Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.

In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.

Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct

This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.

These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.

Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license

Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which
makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license.

By default all files without license information are under the default
license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2.

Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0'
SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding
shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text.

This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and
Philippe Ombredanne.

How this work was done:

Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of
the use cases:
- file had no licensing information it it.
- file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it,
- file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information,

Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases
where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license
had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords.

The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to
a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the
output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX
tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the
base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files.

The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files
assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner
results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s)
to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not
immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was:
- Files considered eligible had to be source code files.
- Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5
lines of source
- File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5
lines).

All documentation files were explicitly excluded.

The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license
identifiers to apply.

- when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was
considered to have no license information in it, and the top level
COPYING file license applied.

For non */uapi/* files that summary was:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 11139

and resulted in the first patch in this series.

If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH
Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|-------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930

and resulted in the second patch in this series.

- if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one
of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if
any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in
it (per prior point). Results summary:

SPDX license identifier # files
---------------------------------------------------|------
GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270
GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17
LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15
GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14
((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5
LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4
LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3
((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1

and that resulted in the third patch in this series.

- when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became
the concluded license(s).

- when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a
license but the other didn't, or they both detected different
licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred.

- In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file
resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and
which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics).

- When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was
confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

- If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier,
the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later
in time.

In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the
spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the
source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation
by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation.

Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from
FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners
disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The
Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so
they are related.

Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets
for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the
files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks
in about 15000 files.

In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have
copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the
correct identifier.

Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual
inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch
version early this week with:
- a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected
license ids and scores
- reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+
files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct
- reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license
was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied
SPDX license was correct

This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This
worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the
different types of files to be modified.

These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to
parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the
format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg
based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to
distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different
comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to
generate the patches.

Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5d5d5689 Fri Apr 03 13:41:18 MDT 2015 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> make new_sync_{read,write}() static

All places outside of core VFS that checked ->read and ->write for being NULL or
called the methods directly are gone now, so NULL {read,write} with non-NULL
{read,write}_iter will do the right thing in all cases.

Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
diff d74a054f Thu Jan 23 16:55:25 MST 2014 Sougata Santra <sougata@tuxera.com> hfsplus: remove hfsplus_file_lookup()

HFS+ resource fork lookup breaks opendir() library function. Since
opendir first calls open() with O_DIRECTORY flag set. O_DIRECTORY means
"refuse to open if not a directory". The open system call in the kernel
does a check for inode->i_op->lookup and returns -ENOTDIR. So if
hfsplus_file_lookup is set it allows opendir() for plain files.

Also resource fork lookup in HFS+ does not work. Since it is never
invoked after VFS permission checking. It will always return with
-EACCES.

When we call opendir() on a file, it does not return NULL. opendir()
library call is based on open with O_DIRECTORY flag passed and then
layered on top of getdents() system call. O_DIRECTORY means "refuse to
open if not a directory".

The open() system call in the kernel does a check for: do_sys_open()
-->..--> can_lookup() i.e it only checks inode->i_op->lookup and returns
ENOTDIR if this function pointer is not set.

In OSX, we can open "file/rsrc" to get the resource fork of "file". This
behavior is emulated inside hfsplus on Linux, which means that to some
degree every file acts like a directory. That is the reason lookup()
inode operations is supported for files, and it is possible to do a lookup
on this specific name. As a result of this open succeeds without
returning ENOTDIR for HFS+

Please see the LKML discussion thread on this issue:
http://marc.info/?l=linux-fsdevel&m=122823343730412&w=2

I tried to test file/rsrc lookup in HFS+ driver and the feature does not
work. From OSX:

$ touch test
$ echo "1234" > test/..namedfork/rsrc
$ ls -l test..namedfork/rsrc
--rw-r--r-- 1 tuxera staff 5 10 dec 12:59 test/..namedfork/rsrc

[sougata@ultrabook tmp]$ id
uid=1000(sougata) gid=1000(sougata) groups=1000(sougata),5(tty),18(dialout),1001(vboxusers)

[sougata@ultrabook tmp]$ mount
/dev/sdb1 on /mnt/tmp type hfsplus (rw,relatime,umask=0,uid=1000,gid=1000,nls=utf8)

[sougata@ultrabook tmp]$ ls -l test/rsrc
ls: cannot access test/rsrc: Permission denied

According to this LKML thread it is expected behavior.

http://marc.info/?t=121139033800008&r=1&w=4

I guess now that permission checking happens in vfs generic_permission() ?
So it turns out that even though the lookup() inode_operation exists for
HFS+ files. It cannot really get invoked ?. So if we can disable this
feature to make opendir() work for HFS+.

Signed-off-by: Sougata Santra <sougata@tuxera.com>
Acked-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Cc: Vyacheslav Dubeyko <slava@dubeyko.com>
Cc: Anton Altaparmakov <aia21@cam.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
diff d74a054f Thu Jan 23 16:55:25 MST 2014 Sougata Santra <sougata@tuxera.com> hfsplus: remove hfsplus_file_lookup()

HFS+ resource fork lookup breaks opendir() library function. Since
opendir first calls open() with O_DIRECTORY flag set. O_DIRECTORY means
"refuse to open if not a directory". The open system call in the kernel
does a check for inode->i_op->lookup and returns -ENOTDIR. So if
hfsplus_file_lookup is set it allows opendir() for plain files.

Also resource fork lookup in HFS+ does not work. Since it is never
invoked after VFS permission checking. It will always return with
-EACCES.

When we call opendir() on a file, it does not return NULL. opendir()
library call is based on open with O_DIRECTORY flag passed and then
layered on top of getdents() system call. O_DIRECTORY means "refuse to
open if not a directory".

The open() system call in the kernel does a check for: do_sys_open()
-->..--> can_lookup() i.e it only checks inode->i_op->lookup and returns
ENOTDIR if this function pointer is not set.

In OSX, we can open "file/rsrc" to get the resource fork of "file". This
behavior is emulated inside hfsplus on Linux, which means that to some
degree every file acts like a directory. That is the reason lookup()
inode operations is supported for files, and it is possible to do a lookup
on this specific name. As a result of this open succeeds without
returning ENOTDIR for HFS+

Please see the LKML discussion thread on this issue:
http://marc.info/?l=linux-fsdevel&m=122823343730412&w=2

I tried to test file/rsrc lookup in HFS+ driver and the feature does not
work. From OSX:

$ touch test
$ echo "1234" > test/..namedfork/rsrc
$ ls -l test..namedfork/rsrc
--rw-r--r-- 1 tuxera staff 5 10 dec 12:59 test/..namedfork/rsrc

[sougata@ultrabook tmp]$ id
uid=1000(sougata) gid=1000(sougata) groups=1000(sougata),5(tty),18(dialout),1001(vboxusers)

[sougata@ultrabook tmp]$ mount
/dev/sdb1 on /mnt/tmp type hfsplus (rw,relatime,umask=0,uid=1000,gid=1000,nls=utf8)

[sougata@ultrabook tmp]$ ls -l test/rsrc
ls: cannot access test/rsrc: Permission denied

According to this LKML thread it is expected behavior.

http://marc.info/?t=121139033800008&r=1&w=4

I guess now that permission checking happens in vfs generic_permission() ?
So it turns out that even though the lookup() inode_operation exists for
HFS+ files. It cannot really get invoked ?. So if we can disable this
feature to make opendir() work for HFS+.

Signed-off-by: Sougata Santra <sougata@tuxera.com>
Acked-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Cc: Vyacheslav Dubeyko <slava@dubeyko.com>
Cc: Anton Altaparmakov <aia21@cam.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
/linux-master/fs/isofs/
H A Dinode.cdiff f88c3fb8 Tue Mar 12 21:32:19 MDT 2024 Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> mm, slab: remove last vestiges of SLAB_MEM_SPREAD

Yes, yes, I know the slab people were planning on going slow and letting
every subsystem fight this thing on their own. But let's just rip off
the band-aid and get it over and done with. I don't want to see a
number of unnecessary pull requests just to get rid of a flag that no
longer has any meaning.

This was mainly done with a couple of 'sed' scripts and then some manual
cleanup of the end result.

Link: https://lore.kernel.org/all/CAHk-=wji0u+OOtmAOD-5JV3SXcRJF___k_+8XNKmak0yd5vW1Q@mail.gmail.com/
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
diff 5a4bff92 Wed Oct 04 12:52:31 MDT 2023 Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> isofs: convert to new timestamp accessors

Convert to using the new inode timestamp accessor functions.

Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231004185347.80880-44-jlayton@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org>
diff fd60b288 Tue Mar 22 15:41:03 MDT 2022 Muchun Song <songmuchun@bytedance.com> fs: allocate inode by using alloc_inode_sb()

The inode allocation is supposed to use alloc_inode_sb(), so convert
kmem_cache_alloc() of all filesystems to alloc_inode_sb().

Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20220228122126.37293-5-songmuchun@bytedance.com
Signed-off-by: Muchun Song <songmuchun@bytedance.com>
Acked-by: Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu> [ext4]
Acked-by: Roman Gushchin <roman.gushchin@linux.dev>
Cc: Alex Shi <alexs@kernel.org>
Cc: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Cc: Chao Yu <chao@kernel.org>
Cc: Dave Chinner <david@fromorbit.com>
Cc: Fam Zheng <fam.zheng@bytedance.com>
Cc: Jaegeuk Kim <jaegeuk@kernel.org>
Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Kari Argillander <kari.argillander@gmail.com>
Cc: Matthew Wilcox (Oracle) <willy@infradead.org>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@kernel.org>
Cc: Qi Zheng <zhengqi.arch@bytedance.com>
Cc: Shakeel Butt <shakeelb@google.com>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@hammerspace.com>
Cc: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov.dev@gmail.com>
Cc: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.cz>
Cc: Wei Yang <richard.weiyang@gmail.com>
Cc: Xiongchun Duan <duanxiongchun@bytedance.com>
Cc: Yang Shi <shy828301@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
diff 28ce50f8 Sun Aug 08 10:24:37 MDT 2021 Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> isofs: joliet: Fix iocharset=utf8 mount option

Currently iocharset=utf8 mount option is broken. To use UTF-8 as iocharset,
it is required to use utf8 mount option.

Fix iocharset=utf8 mount option to use be equivalent to the utf8 mount
option.

If UTF-8 as iocharset is used then s_nls_iocharset is set to NULL. So
simplify code around, remove s_utf8 field as to distinguish between UTF-8
and non-UTF-8 it is needed just to check if s_nls_iocharset is set to NULL
or not.

Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210808162453.1653-5-pali@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
diff 5ad32b3a Sun Jun 23 17:17:10 MDT 2019 Deepa Dinamani <deepa.kernel@gmail.com> isofs: Initialize filesystem timestamp ranges

Fill in the appropriate limits to avoid inconsistencies
in the vfs cached inode times when timestamps are
outside the permitted range.

Reference: http://www.ecma-international.org/publications/standards/Ecma-119.htm

Signed-off-by: Deepa Dinamani <deepa.kernel@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5d097056 Thu Jan 14 16:18:21 MST 2016 Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov.dev@gmail.com> kmemcg: account certain kmem allocations to memcg

Mark those kmem allocations that are known to be easily triggered from
userspace as __GFP_ACCOUNT/SLAB_ACCOUNT, which makes them accounted to
memcg. For the list, see below:

- threadinfo
- task_struct
- task_delay_info
- pid
- cred
- mm_struct
- vm_area_struct and vm_region (nommu)
- anon_vma and anon_vma_chain
- signal_struct
- sighand_struct
- fs_struct
- files_struct
- fdtable and fdtable->full_fds_bits
- dentry and external_name
- inode for all filesystems. This is the most tedious part, because
most filesystems overwrite the alloc_inode method.

The list is far from complete, so feel free to add more objects.
Nevertheless, it should be close to "account everything" approach and
keep most workloads within bounds. Malevolent users will be able to
breach the limit, but this was possible even with the former "account
everything" approach (simply because it did not account everything in
fact).

[akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes]
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@virtuozzo.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Acked-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Greg Thelen <gthelen@google.com>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Cc: Pekka Enberg <penberg@kernel.org>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Joonsoo Kim <iamjoonsoo.kim@lge.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
diff 5c4a656b Wed Jun 17 17:26:27 MDT 2009 Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> isofs: fix setting of uid and gid to 0

isofs allows setting of default uid and gid of files but value 0 was used
to indicate that user did not specify any uid/gid mount option. Since
this option also overrides uid/gid set in Rock Ridge extension, it makes
sense to allow forcing uid/gid 0. Fix option processing to allow this.

Cc: <Hans-Joachim.Baader@cjt.de>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
/linux-master/fs/jffs2/
H A Dfs.cdiff 4c7c44ee Tue Dec 28 05:54:30 MST 2021 Baokun Li <libaokun1@huawei.com> jffs2: fix use-after-free in jffs2_clear_xattr_subsystem

When we mount a jffs2 image, assume that the first few blocks of
the image are normal and contain at least one xattr-related inode,
but the next block is abnormal. As a result, an error is returned
in jffs2_scan_eraseblock(). jffs2_clear_xattr_subsystem() is then
called in jffs2_build_filesystem() and then again in
jffs2_do_fill_super().

Finally we can observe the following report:
==================================================================
BUG: KASAN: use-after-free in jffs2_clear_xattr_subsystem+0x95/0x6ac
Read of size 8 at addr ffff8881243384e0 by task mount/719

Call Trace:
dump_stack+0x115/0x16b
jffs2_clear_xattr_subsystem+0x95/0x6ac
jffs2_do_fill_super+0x84f/0xc30
jffs2_fill_super+0x2ea/0x4c0
mtd_get_sb+0x254/0x400
mtd_get_sb_by_nr+0x4f/0xd0
get_tree_mtd+0x498/0x840
jffs2_get_tree+0x25/0x30
vfs_get_tree+0x8d/0x2e0
path_mount+0x50f/0x1e50
do_mount+0x107/0x130
__se_sys_mount+0x1c5/0x2f0
__x64_sys_mount+0xc7/0x160
do_syscall_64+0x45/0x70
entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe+0x44/0xa9

Allocated by task 719:
kasan_save_stack+0x23/0x60
__kasan_kmalloc.constprop.0+0x10b/0x120
kasan_slab_alloc+0x12/0x20
kmem_cache_alloc+0x1c0/0x870
jffs2_alloc_xattr_ref+0x2f/0xa0
jffs2_scan_medium.cold+0x3713/0x4794
jffs2_do_mount_fs.cold+0xa7/0x2253
jffs2_do_fill_super+0x383/0xc30
jffs2_fill_super+0x2ea/0x4c0
[...]

Freed by task 719:
kmem_cache_free+0xcc/0x7b0
jffs2_free_xattr_ref+0x78/0x98
jffs2_clear_xattr_subsystem+0xa1/0x6ac
jffs2_do_mount_fs.cold+0x5e6/0x2253
jffs2_do_fill_super+0x383/0xc30
jffs2_fill_super+0x2ea/0x4c0
[...]

The buggy address belongs to the object at ffff8881243384b8
which belongs to the cache jffs2_xattr_ref of size 48
The buggy address is located 40 bytes inside of
48-byte region [ffff8881243384b8, ffff8881243384e8)
[...]
==================================================================

The triggering of the BUG is shown in the following stack:
-----------------------------------------------------------
jffs2_fill_super
jffs2_do_fill_super
jffs2_do_mount_fs
jffs2_build_filesystem
jffs2_scan_medium
jffs2_scan_eraseblock <--- ERROR
jffs2_clear_xattr_subsystem <--- free
jffs2_clear_xattr_subsystem <--- free again
-----------------------------------------------------------

An error is returned in jffs2_do_mount_fs(). If the error is returned
by jffs2_sum_init(), the jffs2_clear_xattr_subsystem() does not need to
be executed. If the error is returned by jffs2_build_filesystem(), the
jffs2_clear_xattr_subsystem() also does not need to be executed again.
So move jffs2_clear_xattr_subsystem() from 'out_inohash' to 'out_root'
to fix this UAF problem.

Fixes: aa98d7cf59b5 ("[JFFS2][XATTR] XATTR support on JFFS2 (version. 5)")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Hulk Robot <hulkci@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Baokun Li <libaokun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at>
diff 95582b00 Tue May 08 20:36:02 MDT 2018 Deepa Dinamani <deepa.kernel@gmail.com> vfs: change inode times to use struct timespec64

struct timespec is not y2038 safe. Transition vfs to use
y2038 safe struct timespec64 instead.

The change was made with the help of the following cocinelle
script. This catches about 80% of the changes.
All the header file and logic changes are included in the
first 5 rules. The rest are trivial substitutions.
I avoid changing any of the function signatures or any other
filesystem specific data structures to keep the patch simple
for review.

The script can be a little shorter by combining different cases.
But, this version was sufficient for my usecase.

virtual patch

@ depends on patch @
identifier now;
@@
- struct timespec
+ struct timespec64
current_time ( ... )
{
- struct timespec now = current_kernel_time();
+ struct timespec64 now = current_kernel_time64();
...
- return timespec_trunc(
+ return timespec64_trunc(
... );
}

@ depends on patch @
identifier xtime;
@@
struct \( iattr \| inode \| kstat \) {
...
- struct timespec xtime;
+ struct timespec64 xtime;
...
}

@ depends on patch @
identifier t;
@@
struct inode_operations {
...
int (*update_time) (...,
- struct timespec t,
+ struct timespec64 t,
...);
...
}

@ depends on patch @
identifier t;
identifier fn_update_time =~ "update_time$";
@@
fn_update_time (...,
- struct timespec *t,
+ struct timespec64 *t,
...) { ... }

@ depends on patch @
identifier t;
@@
lease_get_mtime( ... ,
- struct timespec *t
+ struct timespec64 *t
) { ... }

@te depends on patch forall@
identifier ts;
local idexpression struct inode *inode_node;
identifier i_xtime =~ "^i_[acm]time$";
identifier ia_xtime =~ "^ia_[acm]time$";
identifier fn_update_time =~ "update_time$";
identifier fn;
expression e, E3;
local idexpression struct inode *node1;
local idexpression struct inode *node2;
local idexpression struct iattr *attr1;
local idexpression struct iattr *attr2;
local idexpression struct iattr attr;
identifier i_xtime1 =~ "^i_[acm]time$";
identifier i_xtime2 =~ "^i_[acm]time$";
identifier ia_xtime1 =~ "^ia_[acm]time$";
identifier ia_xtime2 =~ "^ia_[acm]time$";
@@
(
(
- struct timespec ts;
+ struct timespec64 ts;
|
- struct timespec ts = current_time(inode_node);
+ struct timespec64 ts = current_time(inode_node);
)

<+... when != ts
(
- timespec_equal(&inode_node->i_xtime, &ts)
+ timespec64_equal(&inode_node->i_xtime, &ts)
|
- timespec_equal(&ts, &inode_node->i_xtime)
+ timespec64_equal(&ts, &inode_node->i_xtime)
|
- timespec_compare(&inode_node->i_xtime, &ts)
+ timespec64_compare(&inode_node->i_xtime, &ts)
|
- timespec_compare(&ts, &inode_node->i_xtime)
+ timespec64_compare(&ts, &inode_node->i_xtime)
|
ts = current_time(e)
|
fn_update_time(..., &ts,...)
|
inode_node->i_xtime = ts
|
node1->i_xtime = ts
|
ts = inode_node->i_xtime
|
<+... attr1->ia_xtime ...+> = ts
|
ts = attr1->ia_xtime
|
ts.tv_sec
|
ts.tv_nsec
|
btrfs_set_stack_timespec_sec(..., ts.tv_sec)
|
btrfs_set_stack_timespec_nsec(..., ts.tv_nsec)
|
- ts = timespec64_to_timespec(
+ ts =
...
-)
|
- ts = ktime_to_timespec(
+ ts = ktime_to_timespec64(
...)
|
- ts = E3
+ ts = timespec_to_timespec64(E3)
|
- ktime_get_real_ts(&ts)
+ ktime_get_real_ts64(&ts)
|
fn(...,
- ts
+ timespec64_to_timespec(ts)
,...)
)
...+>
(
<... when != ts
- return ts;
+ return timespec64_to_timespec(ts);
...>
)
|
- timespec_equal(&node1->i_xtime1, &node2->i_xtime2)
+ timespec64_equal(&node1->i_xtime2, &node2->i_xtime2)
|
- timespec_equal(&node1->i_xtime1, &attr2->ia_xtime2)
+ timespec64_equal(&node1->i_xtime2, &attr2->ia_xtime2)
|
- timespec_compare(&node1->i_xtime1, &node2->i_xtime2)
+ timespec64_compare(&node1->i_xtime1, &node2->i_xtime2)
|
node1->i_xtime1 =
- timespec_trunc(attr1->ia_xtime1,
+ timespec64_trunc(attr1->ia_xtime1,
...)
|
- attr1->ia_xtime1 = timespec_trunc(attr2->ia_xtime2,
+ attr1->ia_xtime1 = timespec64_trunc(attr2->ia_xtime2,
...)
|
- ktime_get_real_ts(&attr1->ia_xtime1)
+ ktime_get_real_ts64(&attr1->ia_xtime1)
|
- ktime_get_real_ts(&attr.ia_xtime1)
+ ktime_get_real_ts64(&attr.ia_xtime1)
)

@ depends on patch @
struct inode *node;
struct iattr *attr;
identifier fn;
identifier i_xtime =~ "^i_[acm]time$";
identifier ia_xtime =~ "^ia_[acm]time$";
expression e;
@@
(
- fn(node->i_xtime);
+ fn(timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime));
|
fn(...,
- node->i_xtime);
+ timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime));
|
- e = fn(attr->ia_xtime);
+ e = fn(timespec64_to_timespec(attr->ia_xtime));
)

@ depends on patch forall @
struct inode *node;
struct iattr *attr;
identifier i_xtime =~ "^i_[acm]time$";
identifier ia_xtime =~ "^ia_[acm]time$";
identifier fn;
@@
{
+ struct timespec ts;
<+...
(
+ ts = timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime);
fn (...,
- &node->i_xtime,
+ &ts,
...);
|
+ ts = timespec64_to_timespec(attr->ia_xtime);
fn (...,
- &attr->ia_xtime,
+ &ts,
...);
)
...+>
}

@ depends on patch forall @
struct inode *node;
struct iattr *attr;
struct kstat *stat;
identifier ia_xtime =~ "^ia_[acm]time$";
identifier i_xtime =~ "^i_[acm]time$";
identifier xtime =~ "^[acm]time$";
identifier fn, ret;
@@
{
+ struct timespec ts;
<+...
(
+ ts = timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime);
ret = fn (...,
- &node->i_xtime,
+ &ts,
...);
|
+ ts = timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime);
ret = fn (...,
- &node->i_xtime);
+ &ts);
|
+ ts = timespec64_to_timespec(attr->ia_xtime);
ret = fn (...,
- &attr->ia_xtime,
+ &ts,
...);
|
+ ts = timespec64_to_timespec(attr->ia_xtime);
ret = fn (...,
- &attr->ia_xtime);
+ &ts);
|
+ ts = timespec64_to_timespec(stat->xtime);
ret = fn (...,
- &stat->xtime);
+ &ts);
)
...+>
}

@ depends on patch @
struct inode *node;
struct inode *node2;
identifier i_xtime1 =~ "^i_[acm]time$";
identifier i_xtime2 =~ "^i_[acm]time$";
identifier i_xtime3 =~ "^i_[acm]time$";
struct iattr *attrp;
struct iattr *attrp2;
struct iattr attr ;
identifier ia_xtime1 =~ "^ia_[acm]time$";
identifier ia_xtime2 =~ "^ia_[acm]time$";
struct kstat *stat;
struct kstat stat1;
struct timespec64 ts;
identifier xtime =~ "^[acmb]time$";
expression e;
@@
(
( node->i_xtime2 \| attrp->ia_xtime2 \| attr.ia_xtime2 \) = node->i_xtime1 ;
|
node->i_xtime2 = \( node2->i_xtime1 \| timespec64_trunc(...) \);
|
node->i_xtime2 = node->i_xtime1 = node->i_xtime3 = \(ts \| current_time(...) \);
|
node->i_xtime1 = node->i_xtime3 = \(ts \| current_time(...) \);
|
stat->xtime = node2->i_xtime1;
|
stat1.xtime = node2->i_xtime1;
|
( node->i_xtime2 \| attrp->ia_xtime2 \) = attrp->ia_xtime1 ;
|
( attrp->ia_xtime1 \| attr.ia_xtime1 \) = attrp2->ia_xtime2;
|
- e = node->i_xtime1;
+ e = timespec64_to_timespec( node->i_xtime1 );
|
- e = attrp->ia_xtime1;
+ e = timespec64_to_timespec( attrp->ia_xtime1 );
|
node->i_xtime1 = current_time(...);
|
node->i_xtime2 = node->i_xtime1 = node->i_xtime3 =
- e;
+ timespec_to_timespec64(e);
|
node->i_xtime1 = node->i_xtime3 =
- e;
+ timespec_to_timespec64(e);
|
- node->i_xtime1 = e;
+ node->i_xtime1 = timespec_to_timespec64(e);
)

Signed-off-by: Deepa Dinamani <deepa.kernel@gmail.com>
Cc: <anton@tuxera.com>
Cc: <balbi@kernel.org>
Cc: <bfields@fieldses.org>
Cc: <darrick.wong@oracle.com>
Cc: <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: <dsterba@suse.com>
Cc: <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Cc: <hch@lst.de>
Cc: <hirofumi@mail.parknet.co.jp>
Cc: <hubcap@omnibond.com>
Cc: <jack@suse.com>
Cc: <jaegeuk@kernel.org>
Cc: <jaharkes@cs.cmu.edu>
Cc: <jslaby@suse.com>
Cc: <keescook@chromium.org>
Cc: <mark@fasheh.com>
Cc: <miklos@szeredi.hu>
Cc: <nico@linaro.org>
Cc: <reiserfs-devel@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: <richard@nod.at>
Cc: <sage@redhat.com>
Cc: <sfrench@samba.org>
Cc: <swhiteho@redhat.com>
Cc: <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Cc: <tytso@mit.edu>
Cc: <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
diff 5bdd0c6f Thu Sep 21 10:00:14 MDT 2017 Jake Daryll Obina <jake.obina@gmail.com> jffs2: Fix use-after-free bug in jffs2_iget()'s error handling path

If jffs2_iget() fails for a newly-allocated inode, jffs2_do_clear_inode()
can get called twice in the error handling path, the first call in
jffs2_iget() itself and the second through iget_failed(). This can result
to a use-after-free error in the second jffs2_do_clear_inode() call, such
as shown by the oops below wherein the second jffs2_do_clear_inode() call
was trying to free node fragments that were already freed in the first
jffs2_do_clear_inode() call.

[ 78.178860] jffs2: error: (1904) jffs2_do_read_inode_internal: CRC failed for read_inode of inode 24 at physical location 0x1fc00c
[ 78.178914] Unable to handle kernel paging request at virtual address 6b6b6b6b6b6b6b7b
[ 78.185871] pgd = ffffffc03a567000
[ 78.188794] [6b6b6b6b6b6b6b7b] *pgd=0000000000000000, *pud=0000000000000000
[ 78.194968] Internal error: Oops: 96000004 [#1] PREEMPT SMP
...
[ 78.513147] PC is at rb_first_postorder+0xc/0x28
[ 78.516503] LR is at jffs2_kill_fragtree+0x28/0x90 [jffs2]
[ 78.520672] pc : [<ffffff8008323d28>] lr : [<ffffff8000eb1cc8>] pstate: 60000105
[ 78.526757] sp : ffffff800cea38f0
[ 78.528753] x29: ffffff800cea38f0 x28: ffffffc01f3f8e80
[ 78.532754] x27: 0000000000000000 x26: ffffff800cea3c70
[ 78.536756] x25: 00000000dc67c8ae x24: ffffffc033d6945d
[ 78.540759] x23: ffffffc036811740 x22: ffffff800891a5b8
[ 78.544760] x21: 0000000000000000 x20: 0000000000000000
[ 78.548762] x19: ffffffc037d48910 x18: ffffff800891a588
[ 78.552764] x17: 0000000000000800 x16: 0000000000000c00
[ 78.556766] x15: 0000000000000010 x14: 6f2065646f6e695f
[ 78.560767] x13: 6461657220726f66 x12: 2064656c69616620
[ 78.564769] x11: 435243203a6c616e x10: 7265746e695f6564
[ 78.568771] x9 : 6f6e695f64616572 x8 : ffffffc037974038
[ 78.572774] x7 : bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb x6 : 0000000000000008
[ 78.576775] x5 : 002f91d85bd44a2f x4 : 0000000000000000
[ 78.580777] x3 : 0000000000000000 x2 : 000000403755e000
[ 78.584779] x1 : 6b6b6b6b6b6b6b6b x0 : 6b6b6b6b6b6b6b6b
...
[ 79.038551] [<ffffff8008323d28>] rb_first_postorder+0xc/0x28
[ 79.042962] [<ffffff8000eb5578>] jffs2_do_clear_inode+0x88/0x100 [jffs2]
[ 79.048395] [<ffffff8000eb9ddc>] jffs2_evict_inode+0x3c/0x48 [jffs2]
[ 79.053443] [<ffffff8008201ca8>] evict+0xb0/0x168
[ 79.056835] [<ffffff8008202650>] iput+0x1c0/0x200
[ 79.060228] [<ffffff800820408c>] iget_failed+0x30/0x3c
[ 79.064097] [<ffffff8000eba0c0>] jffs2_iget+0x2d8/0x360 [jffs2]
[ 79.068740] [<ffffff8000eb0a60>] jffs2_lookup+0xe8/0x130 [jffs2]
[ 79.073434] [<ffffff80081f1a28>] lookup_slow+0x118/0x190
[ 79.077435] [<ffffff80081f4708>] walk_component+0xfc/0x28c
[ 79.081610] [<ffffff80081f4dd0>] path_lookupat+0x84/0x108
[ 79.085699] [<ffffff80081f5578>] filename_lookup+0x88/0x100
[ 79.089960] [<ffffff80081f572c>] user_path_at_empty+0x58/0x6c
[ 79.094396] [<ffffff80081ebe14>] vfs_statx+0xa4/0x114
[ 79.098138] [<ffffff80081ec44c>] SyS_newfstatat+0x58/0x98
[ 79.102227] [<ffffff800808354c>] __sys_trace_return+0x0/0x4
[ 79.106489] Code: d65f03c0 f9400001 b40000e1 aa0103e0 (f9400821)

The jffs2_do_clear_inode() call in jffs2_iget() is unnecessary since
iget_failed() will eventually call jffs2_do_clear_inode() if needed, so
just remove it.

Fixes: 5451f79f5f81 ("iget: stop JFFS2 from using iget() and read_inode()")
Reviewed-by: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at>
Signed-off-by: Jake Daryll Obina <jake.obina@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h>

Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h
doing that for them.

Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high,
it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over
2,200 files ...

Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
diff 5a528957 Wed Feb 15 16:56:45 MST 2012 Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> jffs2: Use pr_fmt and remove jffs: from formats

Use pr_fmt to prefix KBUILD_MODNAME to appropriate logging messages.

Remove now unnecessary internal prefixes from formats.

Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
diff aa98d7cf Sat May 13 00:09:47 MDT 2006 KaiGai Kohei <kaigai@ak.jp.nec.com> [JFFS2][XATTR] XATTR support on JFFS2 (version. 5)

This attached patches provide xattr support including POSIX-ACL and
SELinux support on JFFS2 (version.5).

There are some significant differences from previous version posted
at last December.
The biggest change is addition of EBS(Erase Block Summary) support.
Currently, both kernel and usermode utility (sumtool) can recognize
xattr nodes which have JFFS2_NODETYPE_XATTR/_XREF nodetype.

In addition, some bugs are fixed.
- A potential race condition was fixed.
- Unexpected fail when updating a xattr by same name/value pair was fixed.
- A bug when removing xattr name/value pair was fixed.

The fundamental structures (such as using two new nodetypes and exclusion
mechanism by rwsem) are unchanged. But most of implementation were reviewed
and updated if necessary.
Espacially, we had to change several internal implementations related to
load_xattr_datum() to avoid a potential race condition.

[1/2] xattr_on_jffs2.kernel.version-5.patch
[2/2] xattr_on_jffs2.utils.version-5.patch

Signed-off-by: KaiGai Kohei <kaigai@ak.jp.nec.com>
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
diff aa98d7cf Sat May 13 00:09:47 MDT 2006 KaiGai Kohei <kaigai@ak.jp.nec.com> [JFFS2][XATTR] XATTR support on JFFS2 (version. 5)

This attached patches provide xattr support including POSIX-ACL and
SELinux support on JFFS2 (version.5).

There are some significant differences from previous version posted
at last December.
The biggest change is addition of EBS(Erase Block Summary) support.
Currently, both kernel and usermode utility (sumtool) can recognize
xattr nodes which have JFFS2_NODETYPE_XATTR/_XREF nodetype.

In addition, some bugs are fixed.
- A potential race condition was fixed.
- Unexpected fail when updating a xattr by same name/value pair was fixed.
- A bug when removing xattr name/value pair was fixed.

The fundamental structures (such as using two new nodetypes and exclusion
mechanism by rwsem) are unchanged. But most of implementation were reviewed
and updated if necessary.
Espacially, we had to change several internal implementations related to
load_xattr_datum() to avoid a potential race condition.

[1/2] xattr_on_jffs2.kernel.version-5.patch
[2/2] xattr_on_jffs2.utils.version-5.patch

Signed-off-by: KaiGai Kohei <kaigai@ak.jp.nec.com>
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
diff aa98d7cf Sat May 13 00:09:47 MDT 2006 KaiGai Kohei <kaigai@ak.jp.nec.com> [JFFS2][XATTR] XATTR support on JFFS2 (version. 5)

This attached patches provide xattr support including POSIX-ACL and
SELinux support on JFFS2 (version.5).

There are some significant differences from previous version posted
at last December.
The biggest change is addition of EBS(Erase Block Summary) support.
Currently, both kernel and usermode utility (sumtool) can recognize
xattr nodes which have JFFS2_NODETYPE_XATTR/_XREF nodetype.

In addition, some bugs are fixed.
- A potential race condition was fixed.
- Unexpected fail when updating a xattr by same name/value pair was fixed.
- A bug when removing xattr name/value pair was fixed.

The fundamental structures (such as using two new nodetypes and exclusion
mechanism by rwsem) are unchanged. But most of implementation were reviewed
and updated if necessary.
Espacially, we had to change several internal implementations related to
load_xattr_datum() to avoid a potential race condition.

[1/2] xattr_on_jffs2.kernel.version-5.patch
[2/2] xattr_on_jffs2.utils.version-5.patch

Signed-off-by: KaiGai Kohei <kaigai@ak.jp.nec.com>
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
diff aa98d7cf Sat May 13 00:09:47 MDT 2006 KaiGai Kohei <kaigai@ak.jp.nec.com> [JFFS2][XATTR] XATTR support on JFFS2 (version. 5)

This attached patches provide xattr support including POSIX-ACL and
SELinux support on JFFS2 (version.5).

There are some significant differences from previous version posted
at last December.
The biggest change is addition of EBS(Erase Block Summary) support.
Currently, both kernel and usermode utility (sumtool) can recognize
xattr nodes which have JFFS2_NODETYPE_XATTR/_XREF nodetype.

In addition, some bugs are fixed.
- A potential race condition was fixed.
- Unexpected fail when updating a xattr by same name/value pair was fixed.
- A bug when removing xattr name/value pair was fixed.

The fundamental structures (such as using two new nodetypes and exclusion
mechanism by rwsem) are unchanged. But most of implementation were reviewed
and updated if necessary.
Espacially, we had to change several internal implementations related to
load_xattr_datum() to avoid a potential race condition.

[1/2] xattr_on_jffs2.kernel.version-5.patch
[2/2] xattr_on_jffs2.utils.version-5.patch

Signed-off-by: KaiGai Kohei <kaigai@ak.jp.nec.com>
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>

Completed in 1398 milliseconds

123